COMMUNITY WEST BANCSHARES /
10-K, 1998-03-31
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: SFX ENTERTAINMENT INC, POS AM, 1998-03-31
Next: CHASTAIN CAPITAL CORP, S-11/A, 1998-03-31




                                    FORM 10-K

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549

                   [X] ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
              OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 AND 12CFR16.3

                   For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997




                          Commission File Number: 000-23575


                            COMMUNITY WEST BANCSHARES

             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

             California                                  77-0446957
   (State or other jurisdiction of        (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
   incorporation or organization)

5638 Hollister Avenue, Goleta, California                               93117
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)                              (Zip Code)

(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)              (805) 692-1862


Securities  registered  under  Section  12(b)  of  the  Exchange  Act:

Title of each class         Name of each exchange on which registered:
Common Stock, no par value  National Market tier of The NASDAQ Stock Market


Securities  registered  under  Section  12(g)  of  the  Exchange  Act:
None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to  be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and 12CFR16.3 during the
past  12  months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the
past  90  days.                                        YES  [X]  NO[    ]


Indicate  by  check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of  Regulation  S-B  is not contained, and will not be contained, to the best of
the  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form  10-K.  [X]


There  were  3,171,364  shares  of  common  stock  for the registrant issued and
outstanding as of March 2, 1998. The aggregate market value of the voting stock,
based  on  the closing price of the stock on the NASDAQ National Market on March
2,  1998, held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was approximately $31,000,000.


                        This Form 10-K contains 65 pages.

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                   COMMUNITY WEST BANCSHARES
                                           FORM 10-K

                                             INDEX


PART I                                                                                    PAGES
<S>                                                                                       <C>
          ITEM 1.  Description of Business                                                    3

          ITEM 2.  Description of Property                                                    5

          ITEM 3.  Legal Proceedings                                                          6

          ITEM 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders                        6

PART II

          ITEM 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters      7

          ITEM 6.  Selected Financial Data                                                    8

          ITEM 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                            Financial Condition and Results of Operations                     9

          ITEM 8.  Consolidated Financial Statements                                         40

PART III

          ITEM 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on                          60
                              Accounting and Financial Disclosure

          ITEM 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant                       60

          ITEM 11.  Executive Compensation                                                   61

          ITEM 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management           62

          ITEM 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions                           63

PART IV

          ITEM 14.  Exhibits and Reports of Form 8-K                                         63

                    SIGNATURES                                                               65

</TABLE>


                                        2
<PAGE>

PART  I

ITEM  1.  DESCRIPTION  OF  BUSINESS
- -----------------------------------

General

Community  West  Bancshares  was  incorporated  in  the  State  of California on
November  26, 1996, for the purpose of forming a single bank holding company. On
December  31, 1997, Community West Bancshares ("the Holding Company") acquired a
100%  interest  in  Goleta  National  Bank  ("the  Bank").  Effective that date,
shareholders  of  the  Bank  (NASDAQ:GLTB)  became  shareholders  of the Holding
Company  (NASDAQ:CWBC)  in  a  one-for-one  exchange.

The  Company opened for business as a national banking association on August 21,
1989. The deposits of the Company are insured up to the applicable limits by the
FDIC,  and  the Company is a member of the Federal Reserve System. The Company's
main  office  is  located  at  5827  Hollister  Avenue,  Goleta,  California.

The  Company  offers  a full range of commercial banking services, including the
acceptance  of  demand,  savings  and  time  deposits,  and  the  origination of
commercial,  U.S.  Small  Business  Administration ("SBA"), accounts receivable,
real  estate,  construction,  home  improvement,  and other installment and term
loans.  It  also  offers  cash  management,  remittance  processing,  electronic
banking,  merchant  credit card processing, and other customary bank services to
its  customers.

The  banking  industry as a whole offers a broad range of products and services.
Few  companies  today can effectively offer every product and service available.
Accordingly,  the  Company  continually  investigates products and services with
which it can attain a competitive advantage over others in the banking industry.
In  this  way,  management  positions  the  Company  to offer those products and
services  requested  by  its  customers  ahead  of  its  competition.

The  Company has been an approved lender/servicer of loans guaranteed by the SBA
since  late 1990. The Company originates SBA loans, sells the guaranteed portion
into  the secondary market, and services the loans. During 1995, the Company was
designated  as a Preferred Lender by the SBA. As a Preferred Lender, the Company
has  the ability to move loans through the approval process at the SBA much more
quickly  than financial institutions which do not have such a designation. As of
December  31, 1997, the Company was the only SBA Preferred Lender head quartered
in  Santa  Barbara  County.  In  early  1998, the Company, through the Bank, was
granted  SBA  Preferred  Lender  status  in  Georgia  and  Florida.

During  1994, the Company established a Mortgage Loan Processing Center. Through
the  Mortgage  Loan  Processing  Center,  the  Company  takes  applications  for
residential  real  estate  loans and processes those loans for a fee for lenders
located throughout the nation. At any point in time, the Company processes loans
for  50-70  such lenders. Because it has so many lenders for which it processes,
the  Company  can  offer  many  more  loan programs than normally offered by any
single  institution.  By  virtue  of  the  large  number  of loan programs being
offered,  the  Company  has  developed  the  ability  to  remain  ahead  of  its
competition.

Also in 1994, the Company began offering home improvement loans under Title I of
FHA  regulations.  This  is  the  oldest  government  insured  loan  program  in
existence,  having begun in 1934. The Company originates Title I loans and sells
them  into  the  secondary  market and retains the servicing. In early 1995, the
Company  was  approved  as one of a small number of financial institutions to be
able to sell Title I loans directly to the Federal National Mortgage Association
("FNMA").  This  approval  has  given  the  Company a competitive advantage over
nonapproved  lenders  because it can price loans at lower rates to customers and
reduce  or  eliminate fees normally charged to customers, while at the same time
increasing  the  profitability  to  the  Company.

During  1996,  the Company began offering 125 Loan-to-Value ( LTV') loans. These
loans  allow  the  borrower  to  receive up to 125% of their home value for debt
consolidation,  home improvement, school tuition, or any worthwhile cash outlay.
There  is  an  upper  limit  on  these  loans  of  $100,000.  The Company relies
principally  on  the creditworthiness of the borrower, and to a lesser extent on
the  underlying  collateral,  for repayment of these LTV loans; even though, the
loans  are  secured  primarily  by a second lien on the property. The loan terms
under  the

                                        3
<PAGE>

program  range from one to 25 years. In 1997,  the Company sold these loans at a
premium  to  third-parties.  Goleta  National Company is one of the few national
banks  offering  the LTV loans; the competition is mainly mortgage and financing
companies.

In  1996,  the  Company  began  accounts receivable financing, providing working
capital  to  small  and  mid-sized  manufacturers,  distributors  and  merchants
throughout  Southern California. This division complements the Company's SBA and
commercial  lending  products,  in  addition  to generating a high annual yield.

Because  of  the  development  costs  involved,  most small community banks have
difficulty  providing  electronic  banking services to their customers. From its
inception,  the  Company  has  invested  heavily  in  the  hardware and software
necessary  to  offer  today's  electronic  banking  services. In addition to the
normal  banking  services,  the  Company  offers  such  services as on-line cash
management,  automated  clearinghouse  origination, electronic data interchange,
remittance  processing,  draft  preparation  and processing, and merchant credit
card  processing.  Not  only  do these services generate significant fee income,
they  attract  companies with large deposit balances. These services have helped
the  Company  remain  at a competitive advantage over most institutions its size
and  many  which  are  significantly  larger  than  the  Company.

On  October 16, 1997, the Company paid $570,000 for a 70% interest in Electronic
Paycheck,  LLC,  a  California  company  that  has  developed  systems  to allow
companies  to  pay  their  employees  by  issuing  them  a  card  or "electronic
paycheck".  The  systems  were  originally  developed  to pay factory workers in
Kazakhstan.  The  card  is currently being used by companies in the agricultural
sector to pay their workers, many of whom do not have bank accounts. The Company
provides  access to ATM and Point-of-Sale (POS) networks so that the cardholders
have  access  to  their  cash  at  thousands  of  locations virtually worldwide.


Competition  and  Service  Area

The  banking  business  in California is highly competitive with respect to both
loans  and  deposits;  and  is dominated overall by a relatively small number of
major  banks with many offices operating over wide geographic areas. Some of the
major commercial banks operating in the communities nearby the Company's service
area  offer   certain  services  such  as  trust  and  investment  services  and
international  banking  which  are  not  offered directly by the Company, and by
virtue  of  their  greater  total  capitalization, such banks have substantially
higher  lending limits than the Bank. To help offset the numerous branch offices
of  banks,  thrifts,  and  credit  unions,  as well as competition from mortgage
brokers, insurance companies, credit card companies, and brokerage houses within
the  Bank's service area, the Company has established loan production offices in
Fresno,  Bakersfield,  Costa  Mesa,   Modesto,  Santa   Maria,   Santa  Barbara,
Ventura/Oxnard,  and  West  Covina  in  California,  and  in  Las Vegas, Nevada,
Atlanta,  Georgia  and  Jacksonville, Pensacola, and Panama City Beach, Florida.
The  Company's  on-line  capabilities allow it to support these offices from its
main computer center in Goleta, California. Part of the Company's strategy is to
establish  loan  production  offices in areas where there is high demand for the
loan  products  which  it  originates.

In  order to compete for loans and deposits within its primary service area, the
Company   uses  to  the  fullest  extent  possible  the  flexibility  which  its
independent status permits. This includes an emphasis on meeting the specialized
banking  needs  of  its  customers,  including personal contact by the Company's
directors,  officers, and employees, newspaper publications, direct mailings and
other  local  advertising,  and  by  providing  experienced management and staff
trained  to  deal  with  the  specific banking needs of the Company's customers.
Management  has  established  a  highly  personal  banking relationship with the
Company's customers and is attuned and responsive to their financial and service
requirements.  In  the  event  there are customers whose loan demands exceed the
Company's  lending  limits,  the  Company  seeks  to arrange for such loans on a
participation  basis  with  other financial institutions and intermediaries. The
Company  also  assists those few customers requiring highly specialized services
not  offered  by  the  Company  to  obtain  such   services  from  correspondent
institutions.

                                        4
<PAGE>

Employees

As  of  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  employed  157  persons, including 2
principal  officers.  The  Company's employees are not represented by a union or
covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Management of the Company believes
that,  in  general,  its  employee  relations  are  excellent.

ITEM  2.  DESCRIPTION  OF  PROPERTY
- -----------------------------------

The  Company  owns  the  following  property:

     The  Goleta  National Bank Branch office, located at 5827 Hollister Avenue,
Goleta,  California.  This  4,000 square foot facility houses the Company's main
office.  An  adjacent  200 square foot buiding provides additional office space.

The  Company  leases  the  following  properties:

     The  Company  leases, under three separate leases, four suites in an office
building at 5638 Hollister Avenue, Goleta, California, from an independent third
party.  The  leases are for a term expiring May 31, 1998, with a current monthly
rent  of  $8,188  per  month  for  all  four suites. The leases also provide the
Company  with  two  additional consecutive options of three years each to extend
the  leases.  The  suites  consist  of approximately 5,435 square feet of office
space.  These  suites  house  the  company's  Corporate  Office,  Finance,  Data
Processing,  Compliance,  and  Electronic  Business  Services departments of the
Company,  as  well  as  the  offices  of  the  Company's  subsidiary, Electronic
Paycheck,  LLC.

     The  Company leases approximately 1,500 square feet of office space located
at  310  South Pine Avenue, Goleta, California, from an independent third party.
The lease is for a term expiring October 1, 1998, with a current monthly rent of
$800  per  month.  The  lease  also  provides  the  company  with two additional
consecutive  options  of  three  years  each  to extend the lease. This facility
houses  the  Special  Assets  and  Loan  Collection departments of the Company .

     The  Company  leases  under  two separate leases approximately 2,718 square
feet  of  office  space located at 3891 State Street, Santa Barbara, California,
from  an  independent  third  party.  The lease is for a term expiring March 31,
2001, with a current monthly rent of $6,691 per month for both leases. The lease
also provides the Company with two additional consecutive options of three years
each to extend the lease. This facility houses the Retail and Wholesale Mortgage
Lending  departments  of  the  Company.

     The  Company leases approximately 1,500 square feet of office space located
at  1300  Eastman  Avenue, Ventura, California, from an independent third party.
The lease is for a term expiring August 31, 1998, with a current monthly rent of
$2,506  per  month. The lease also provides the Company with one option of three
years  to  extend  the  lease.  This  facility  houses  the  Ventura County Loan
Production  office  and  the  Accounts  Receivable  Financing  department of the
Company.

     The  Company  leases  approximately  630  square  feet  of storefront space
located  at  2222  South  Broadway,  Suite  E,  Santa Maria, California, from an
independent third party. The lease is for a term expiring October 31, 1998, with
a  current  monthly  rent of $900 per month. The lease also provides the Company
with one option of 12 months to extend the lease. This facility houses the Santa
Maria  Loan  Production  office  of  the  Company.

     The  Company  leases  approximately  1,032  square feet of storefront space
located  at 4170 South Decatur, Unit D-4, Las Vegas, Nevada, from an independent
third  party. The lease is for a term expiring February 28, 2000, with a current
monthly  rent  of  $1,806 per month. This facilitiy houses the Las Vegas, Nevada
Loan  Production  office  of  the  Company.

     The Company leases approximately 6,380 square feet of space located at 5383
Hollister  Avenue,  2nd  Floor,  Goleta,  California,  from an independent third
party.  The  lease  is  for  a  term  expiring November 30, 2002, with a current
monthly  rent  of $8,613 per month. The lease also provides the Company with two
options  of

                                        5
<PAGE>

36  months  to  extend the lease. This facility houses the Alternative Mortgage
lending,  SBA  lending,  and  Human  Resources  departments  of  the  Company.

     The Company also leases small executive suites on a month-to-month basis in
Bakersfield,  Fresno,  Modesto,  West  Covina  and  Costa  Mesa, California. The
Company  also  has  executive  suites  in  Woodstock, Georgia, and Jacksonville,
Pensacola,  and  Panama  City Beach, Florida. These offices allow the Company to
have  a  local  presence  for  the  production  of  loans  while controlling the
underwriting  and funding of the loans at the main office in Goleta. The Company
also  leases on a month-to-month basis a storage unit and a portion of a parking
lot,  both,  are  located  in  Goleta.


The  Company's  total  occupancy  expense,  exclusive of furniture and equipment
expense, for the year ended December 31, 1997, was $774,000. Management believes
that  its  existing  facilities  are  adequate  for  its  present  purposes.

ITEM  3.  LEGAL  PROCEEDINGS
- ----------------------------

From  time  to time the Company is party to claims and legal proceedings arising
in  the ordinary course of business. After taking into consideration information
furnished  by  counsel  to  the  Company,  management believes that the ultimate
aggregate  liability  represented  thereby,  if  any,  will  not have a material
adverse  effect  on  the  Company's financial position or results of operations.


ITEM  4.  SUBMISSION  OF  MATTERS  TO  A  VOTE  OF  SECURITY  HOLDERS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------

A  special meeting of security holders of the Company was held October 30, 1997.
The security holders voted on and passed a plan for a Company reorganization and
consolidation.  Under this plan, the Company became a wholly owned subsidiary of
the  newly  formed  holding  company, Community West Bancshares in a one-for-one
exchange  of stock; for each share of Goleta National Bank held, they received a
share  of  Community  West Bancshares. This applied to both common stock and the
outstanding  common  stock  warrants. There was a total of 1,118,602, or 73.52%,
proxies voted out of 1,521,423 possible votes. The following shows how the votes
were  cast:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  FOR     AGAINST   ABSTAIN   NON-VOTES
<S>                           <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>
Number of Votes Received      1,073,838    19,932    24,832     402,821
Percentage of Total Shares       70.58%     1.31%     1.63%      26.48%
</TABLE>

As  prospective shareholders of Community West  Bancshares, the security holders
also  voted  and  passed  the  proposed  Stock  Option  Plan  for Community West
Bancshares.  This proposal received 1,118,602, or 73.52%, votes out of 1,521,423
possible  votes.  The  following  shows  how  the  votes  were  cast:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                               FOR      AGAINST   ABSTAIN   NON-VOTES
<S>                         <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>
Number of Votes Received    1,102,128     2,431    14,043     402,821 
Percentage of Total Shares      72.44%     0.16%     0.92%      26.48%
</TABLE>

                                        6
<PAGE>

PART  II.

ITEM  5.  MARKET  FOR  THE  REGISTRANT'S  COMMON  EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MATTERS
- -------

As of the close of business December 31, 1997, the common stock and warrants for
Goleta National Bank, symbol "GLTB" and "GLTBW", respectively, were converted to
Community  West  Bancshares common stock and warrants, symbol "CWBC" and "CWBCW"
respectively.  On  January 5, 1998, NASDAQ National Market ("NASDAQ") listed the
new  common  stock  symbol  "CWBC"  for  trading  and  the old symbol "GLTB" was
removed.  The  outstanding  warrants, "CWBCW" continue to trade Over-the-Counter
("OTC").

Prior  to  listing  on NASDAQ, the stock was traded OTC under the symbol "GLTB".
OTC quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or
commission  and  may  not  represent  actual  transactions. The common stock was
listed  on  NASDAQ  on  November  19, 1996, under the symbol "GLTB".  During the
secondary stock offering which took place in the third quarter of 1996, warrants
were  issued.  Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase two shares of common
stock  at an exercise price of $4.375 per share. The warrants expire on June 30,
1998, and are traded OTC under the new symbol "CWBCW".  The following table sets
forth  the  high  and low sales prices on a per share basis for the common stock
and  a  per  warrant  basis  for  the  warrants,  as  reported by the respective
exchanges  for  the  period  indicated:  

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  Common Stock(1)           Warrants
<C>   <S>             <C>              <C>       <C>         <C>
                                 Low       High        Low         High
                      ---------------  --------  ----------  ----------
1996  First Quarter                 3    3 7/32  Not Issued  Not Issued
      Second Quarter            3 1/2     3 1/2  Not Issued  Not Issued
      Third Quarter             3 5/8     4 1/2         1/2       1 1/8
      Fourth Quarter            4 3/8     5 3/8           2           4
1997  First Quarter             5 1/4     8 1/4       3 1/2       7 1/2
      Second Quarter            6 5/8     7 5/8       7 1/2       7 1/2
      Third Quarter             6 3/8     9 3/4       5 3/4           7
      Fourth Quarter            8 3/8     9 1/2       6 1/2      10 1/2
1998  First Quarter             8 7/8        14       9 5/8      16 1/2

</TABLE>

(1)  As  adjusted  for  the  1996  and  1998  2-for-1  stock  splits.

On  March  20,  1998,  the  last reported sale price per share for the Company's
stock  and  warrants  was  $13  5/16  and  $17  1/2  respectively.

The  Company  has  declared and paid cash dividends per share of $.03, $.03, and
$.04 in 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The Company declared and issued a 10%
stock  dividend  in 1995, and effected a 2-for-1 stock split in 1996. On January
23,  1998,  the  holding company, Community West Bancshares, announced a 2-for-1
stock  split.  This was effective for holders of record on February 3, 1998, and
paid  February  27,  1998.

The  Company had approximately 423 shareholders of record of its common stock as
of  March  2,  1998.

                                        7
<PAGE>

ITEM  6.  SELECTED  FINANCIAL  DATA
- -----------------------------------

                              SUMMARY OF EARNINGS

The  following  Summary  of  Earnings  of  the  Company for the five years ended
December  31,  1997,  has  been  derived  from  the audited financial statements
included  elsewhere in this document. This summary should be read in conjunction
with  Financial  Statements  and  Notes  relating  thereto  which appear herein.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,(1)
                                               ----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)        1997        1996        1995        1994        1993
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Interest income                                $    8,009  $    6,812  $    6,504  $    5,180  $    3,682
Interest expense                                    2,910       2,425       2,451       1,680       1,104
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Net interest income                                 5,099       4,387       4,053       3,500       2,578
Provision for possible loan losses                    260         435         360         700         305
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Net interest income after provision for
    possible loan losses                            4,839       3,952       3,693       2,800       2,273
Other operating income                              9,432       6,620       4,481       2,514         828
Other operating expense                            11,524       8,667       6,436       4,204       2,590
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Earnings before income taxes                        2,747       1,905       1,738       1,110         511
Provision for income taxes                          1,158         800         730         463           0
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Net income                                     $    1,589  $    1,105  $    1,008  $      647  $      511
                                               ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========
Earnings per common share - Basic              $     0.53  $     0.47  $      .50  $      .35  $     0.28
Earnings per common share - Diluted            $     0.44  $     0.44  $      .47  $      .31  $     0.25
Number of shares used in earnings per share
    calculation (2)                             3,016,208   2,356,162   2,013,830   1,829,284   1,825,284
Net Loans                                      $   59,315  $   54,206  $   46,472  $   40,752  $   43,263
Total Assets                                       87,468      72,718      64,245      57,136      57,392
Deposits                                           75,962      65,032      58,256      51,712      52,346
Total Liabilities                                  76,623      65,169      58,610      52,223      52,908
Total Equity                                       10,845       7,549       5,635       4,913       4,484

</TABLE>

(1)  See  Notes to Financial Statements for a summary of significant  accounting
policies  and  other  related  data.

(2)  Earnings  per  common  share  information  is based on the weighted average
number  of  common  shares
outstanding during each period. Earnings per share amounts have been restated to
reflect  the
10% stock dividend issued in 1995 and the 2-for-1 stock splits in 1996 and 1998.

                                        8
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

The  following  table  sets  forth  selected ratios  for the  periods indicated:

                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                  ----------------------------------------
                                                    1997     1996    1995    1994    1993 
                                                  --------  ------  ------  ------  ------
<S>                                               <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Net earnings to average stockholder equity          14.64%  13.67%  17.89%  13.17%  12.86%
Net earnings to average total assets                 1.82%   1.52%   1.57%   1.13%   1.10%
Total interest expense to total interest income     36.33%  35.59%  37.69%  32.43%  29.98%
Other operating income to other operating expense   81.85%  76.39%  69.63%  59.78%  31.97%
</TABLE>

ITEM  7.  MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS
 -------------------------------------------------

The following is management's discussion and analysis of the significant changes
in  income  and  expense  accounts  presented in the Summary of Earnings for the
three  years  ended  December  31,  1997,  1996,  and  1995.

INTRODUCTION
- ------------

This  discussion  is  designed  to provide a better understanding of significant
trends  related  to  the  Company's  financial condition, results of operations,
liquidity,  capital  resources, and interest rate sensitivity. It should be read
in  conjunction  with the audited financial statements and notes thereto and the
other  financial  information  appearing  elsewhere  in  this  filing.

NET  INTEREST  INCOME  AND  NET  INTEREST  MARGIN
- -------------------------------------------------

Total  interest  income increased from $6,812,072 in 1996 to $8,009,432 in 1997,
representing a 17.6% increase in 1997 over 1996. This increase in 1997 over 1996
was  reflected  by  a  21.0% increase because of an increase in interest-earning
assets  offset by a 3.4% decrease because of lower rates. Total interest expense
increased  from  $2,424,730  in 1996 to $2,910,450 in 1997, representing a 20.0%
increase  in  1997  compared  to  1996.  This  increase was reflected by a 15.9%
increase  in  interest-bearing  liabilities and a 4.1% increase in rates paid on
deposits.  The  result  of  these changes was net interest income increased from
$4,387,342  in  1996  to  $5,098,982  in  1997.

Total  interest  income increased from $6,504,315 in 1995 to $6,812,072 in 1996,
representing  a 4.7% increase in 1996 over 1995. This increase in 1996 over 1995
was  reflected  by  a  7.1%  increase because of an increase in interest-earning
assets offset by a 2.4% decrease because of lower interest rates. Total interest
expense  decreased from $2,451,472 in 1995 to $2,424,730 in 1996, representing a
1.1%  decrease in 1996 over 1995. This decrease was reflected by a 6.0% increase
because of an increase in interest-bearing liabilities offset by a 7.1% decrease
because  of  lower  rates  paid on deposits. The result of these changes was net
interest  income  increased  from  $4,052,843  in  1995  to  $4,387,342 in 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                        1997         1996         1995
                     -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                  <C>          <C>          <C>
Interest Income      $8,009,432   $6,812,072   $6,504,315 
Interest Expense      2,910,450    2,424,730    2,451,472 
Net Interest Income   5,098,982    4,387,342    4,052,843 
Net Interest Margin        6.6%         6.8%         7.0% 
</TABLE>


The  net  interest  margin  (net  interest  income  divided  by  average
interest-earning  assets)  was 7.0% in 1995, 6.8% in 1996, and 6.6% in 1997. The
difference  in  net interest margins in 1996 vs. 1995, and in 1997 vs. 1996, was
primarily because of increases in volumes of earning assets. It should be noted,
as  a  benchmark rate, the prime rate quoted in the Wall Street Journal was 9.0%
at  midyear  1995,  by  1995  year-end, prime had fallen to 8.5%. In 1996, prime
decreased slightly to 8.25%. Early in 1997, prime increased to 8.5% and has held
steady  at  that  rate.

                                        9
<PAGE>

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  changes  in interest income and expense
attributable  to  changes  in  rates  and  volumes:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 Analysis  of  Changes  in  Net  Interest  Income
 ------------------------------------------------

                                                  Year Ended December 31,
                                                  -----------------------
(Dollars in thousands)                1997 Versus 1996             1996 Versus 1995             1995 Versus 1994
                               ----------------------------  ----------------------------  ---------------------------
<S>                            <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>
                                         Change    Change              Change    Change             Change    Change
                               Total     Due to    Due to    Total     Due to    Due to    Total    Due to    Due to
                               Change    Rate      Volume    Change    Rate      Volume    Change   Rate      Volume
                               --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------  --------  --------
Time deposits in other
financial institutions         $    33   $     -   $    33   $   (86)  $   (15)  $   (71)  $    24  $    53   $   (29)
Federal Funds sold                 141        11       130       (22)      (28)        6       105       81        24 
Investment securities               15       (32)       47        52        (6)       58        33        3        30 
Loans, net                       1,008         3     1,005       364      (150)      514     1,163      388       775 
                               --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------  --------  --------
Total interest-earnings
assets                           1,197       (18)    1,215       308      (199)      507     1,324      525       800 
                               --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------  --------  --------
Interest bearing demand
(NOW, MMDA)                          8       (14)       22       (21)      (24)        3       107       89        18 
Savings                            (23)      (12)      (11)      (27)      (62)       35       184       62       122 
Time certificates of deposit       500        66       434        22       (93)      115       481      435        46 
                               --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------  --------  --------
Total interest-bearing
liabilities                        485        40       445       (26)     (179)      153       772      586       186 
                               --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------  --------  --------
Net interest income            $   712      ($58)  $   770   $   334   $   (20)  $   354   $   553  $   (61)  $   614 
                               ========  ========  ========  ========  ========  ========  =======  ========  ========
</TABLE>

The  change in interest income or interest expense that  is attributable to both
changes  in  rate  and changes in volume has been allocated to the change due to
rate  and  the  change  due  to  volume in proportion to the relationship of the
absolute  amounts  of  changes  in  each.

The  following  is a summary of changes in earnings of the Company for the years
ended  December  31,  1997,  1996, and 1995. This summary of changes in earnings
should  be  read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and Notes relating
thereto  appearing  elsewhere  herein.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)                  1997 over 1996         1996 over 1995        1995 over 1994
                                    ---------------------  ---------------------  --------------------
                                      Amount                 Amount                 Amount
                                        of        % of         of        % of         of        % of
                                    Change(1)   Change(1)  Change(1)   Change(1)  Change(1)   Change(1)
                                    ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
<S>                                 <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
INTEREST INCOME
Interest and fees on loans          $    1,008      15.9%  $     364        6.1%  $    1,163      24.2%
Interest on federal funds sold             141      49.6         (22)      (7.2)         105      51.7 
Interest on time deposits in other
   financial institutions                   33      37.4         (86)     (49.4)          24      16.0 
Interest on investment securities           15      14.9          52      108.3           33     200.0 
</TABLE>

                                       10
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)              1997 over 1996         1996 over 1995         1995 over 1994
                                   Amount                 Amount                 Amount
                                     of        % of         of        % of         of        % of
                                 Change(1)   Change(1)  Change(1)   Change(1)  Change(1)   Change(1)
                                 ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
<S>                              <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
Total interest income                1,197       17.6         308        4.7       1,325       25.5 
INTEREST EXPENSE
Interest on deposits                   485       20.0         (26)      (1.1)        772       45.9 
                                 ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
  Net interest income                  712       16.2         334        8.2         553       15.8 
PROVISION FOR LOAN
LOSSES                                (175)     (40.2)         75       20.8        (340)     (48.6)
                                 ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
Net interest income after
provision for loan losses              887       22.4         259        7.0         893       31.9 
OTHER INCOME
Gains from loan sales                2,980      265.8        (313)     (21.8)         63        4.7 
Servicing from loan sales           (1,493)    (100.0)        405       37.1       1,089      100.0 
Loan origination fees - sold or
brokered loans                         903       43.9       1,326      181.4         477      187.8 
Loan servicing fees                    (43)      (6.4)         96       16.6          95       19.6 
Service charges                        306       51.9         218       58.6          85       29.6 
Document processing fees               309       60.8         426      507.1          35       71.4 
Other income                          (150)     (86.2)        (19)      (9.8)        124      179.7 
                                 ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
Total other income                   2,812       42.5       2,139       47.7       1,969       78.2 
OTHER EXPENSE
Salaries and employee benefits       1,862       34.2       1,528       38.9       1,532         64 
Occupancy expenses                     323       27.2         199       20.2         269       37.5 
Other operating expenses                71       (9.0)        139       21.5         197       43.5 
Postage & freight                      279       51.4         378      229.1         110      200.0 
Advertising expense                    166       53.3          29       10.3         117       70.9 
Professional services                  180       73.3         (72)     (22.6)         (8)      (2.5)
Office supplies                        (24)     (16.3)         31       27.9          15       15.6 
                                 ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
Total other expenses                 2,857       33.0       2,231       34.7       2,232       53.1 
Income before provision for
income taxes                           842       44.2         167        9.7         629       56.7 
                                 ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
PROVISION FOR  INCOME
TAXES                                  358       44.7          70        9.6         267       57.7 
                                 ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------
     NET INCOME                  $     484       43.7%  $      97        9.6%  $     362       55.8%
                                 ==========  =========  ==========  =========  ==========  =========
<FN>
(1)                        Increase  or  (decrease)  over  previous  year  amount.
</TABLE>

                                       11
<PAGE>

OTHER  INCOME
- --------------

Other  income  increased  from $4,481,256 in 1995, to $6,620,491 in 1996, and to
$9,432,215  in 1997, representing a 47.7% increase in 1996 over 1995 and a 42.5%
increase  in  1997  over 1996. The increase was because of continued emphasis by
the  Company  on  generating  noninterest income. These year to year gains are a
reflection  of  the increases in SBA loan originations, sales, and servicing, as
well  as  increased  growth  in mortgage loan processing over the years, and the
significant growth in the origination, sales, and servicing of home equity loans
started  in  1995.  In  addition,  fees  from  electronic  banking services have
increased  dramatically  over  the  last  three  years. The Company's percentage
coverage of other expenses with other income rose from 69.6% in 1995 to 76.4% in
1996  and  81.8%  in  1997.

OTHER  EXPENSES
- ---------------

Other  expenses include salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment,
and  other  operating  expenses.  The  continued  growth of the Company required
additional  staff  and  overhead  expense to support the continued high level of
customer  service  and  increased  the  cost of occupying the Company's offices.
Although  compensation  expenses  have grown significantly, approximately 40% of
the  Company  personnel derive some or all of their compensation based on income
production.  This  means  that  a significant portion of compensation is tied to
increases in revenues instead of being a fixed expense. Other expenses increased
from  $6,436,271  in  1995  to  $8,666,933  in  1996 and to $11,523,906 in 1997,
representing  a  34.7% in 1996 over 1995 and a 33.0% increase in 1997 over 1996.
The  increases in other expenses for the periods compared were primarily because
of  compensation  related  to  loan  originations and sales, the increase in the
number  of  loan  production  and  processing  offices,  the  upgrading  of data
processing  hardware  and  software,  and  increased  advertising.

The  following  table  compares  the  various  elements  of  other expenses as a
percentage  of  average  assets  for  the  three  years  ended  December 31, (in
thousands  except  percentage  amounts.)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       Salaries                   Other
          Average    and Employee  Occupancy  Operating
Period    Assets(1)    Benefits     Expenses   Expenses
<S>       <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>
1997      $  87,468         8.36%      1.72%      3.09%
1996         72,718         7.50%      1.63%      2.79%
1995         64,245         6.11%      1.54%      2.37%
<FN>
(1)        Based  on  the  average  of  daily  balances.
</TABLE>

PROVISION  FOR  LOAN  LOSSES
- ----------------------------
The provision for loan losses corresponds directly to the level of the allowance
that management deems sufficient to offset potential loan losses. The balance in
the  loan loss allowance reflects the amount which, in management's judgment, is
adequate  to  provide for these potential loan losses, after weighing the mix of
the  loan  portfolio, current economic conditions, past loan experience and such
other  factors  as  deserve  recognition  in  estimating  loan  losses.

Management  allocated  $260,000 as a provision for loan losses in 1997, $435,000
in 1996 and $360,000 in 1995. Loans charged off, net of recoveries, in 1997 were
$383,469,  in  1996  were  $488,618  and in 1995 were $288,377. The ratio of the
allowance  for  loan  losses to total gross loans was 1.8% at December 3l, 1997,
2.4%  at  December  31,  1996,  and  2.7%  at  December  31,  1995.

In  management's  opinion,  the  balance  of  the  allowance  for loan losses at
December  31, 1997, was sufficient to sustain any foreseeable losses in the loan
portfolio  at  that  time.


INCOME  TAXES
- -------------

Income  taxes  were  $1,158,351 in 1997, $800,478 in 1996, and $730,000 in 1995.

                                       12
<PAGE>

NET  INCOME
 -----------

The  net  income  of the Company was $1,588,940 in 1997, $1,105,422 in 1996, and
$1,007,828  in  1995.  Earnings  per  share were $0.53 basic and $.44 diluted in
1997;  $.47  basic  and $.44 diluted in 1996; and $.50 basic and $.47 diluted in
1995; as adjusted to reflect the 1996 and 1998 2-for-1 stock splits and the 1995
10%  stock  dividend.  The increases in net income for the past three years were
the  result  of  several  factors. First, the earning assets of the Company have
increased,  resulting  in  an  increase  in  net  interest  income.  Second, the
origination  and sale of SBA loans has continued to grow, resulting in increased
gains  on  sales  and increased servicing income. Third, the increased volume of
business  in  the  Mortgage  Loan Processing Center and Home Improvement Lending
Department  increased  fee income, income from loan sales, and servicing income.
Offsetting  the  income  increase was an overall increase in expenses related to
the  production  of  income.

LIQUIDITY
- ---------

The  Company  has an asset and liability management program allowing the Company
to  maintain  its  interest  margins  during  times  of  both rising and falling
interest rates and to maintain sufficient liquidity. Liquidity of the Company at
December  31,  1997, was 37.4%, at December 31, 1996, was 29.7%, and at December
31,  1995,  was  23.8%  based  on liquid assets (consisting of cash and due from
banks,  deposits  in other financial institutions, security investments, federal
funds  sold  and loans available for sale) divided by total assets.   Management
believes  it  maintains  adequate  liquidity  levels.

CAPITAL  RESOURCES
- ------------------

The  shareholders'  equity  accounts of the Company increased from $6,113,041 at
December  31,  1995,  to $10,059,141 at December 31, 1996, and to $12,128,864 at
December  31, 1997. In 1996, the Company raised approximately $2,800,000 through
a  secondary  stock  offering.  This increased capital may be used for merger or
acquisition  activity, as well as to allow continued internal growth. As part of
the  secondary  offering, 472,653 warrants were issued which entitle each holder
to  acquire two shares of common stock at an exercise price of $4.375 per share.
The  warrants  expire on June 30, 1998. As of December 31, 1997, 33,770 warrants
had  been  exercised,  leaving  438,883  warrants  outstanding, or $3,840,226 in
potential  additional  capital.

The  Company  is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered
by  the  federal  banking  agencies.  Under  capital adequacy guidelines and the
regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective  action,  the  Company  must meet
specific  capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company's
assets,  liabilities  and  certain  off-balance  sheet items as calculated under
regulatory  accounting  practices.  The  Company's  capital  amounts  and
classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about
components, risk weightings and other factors. Quantitative measures established
by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum
amounts  and  ratios  of  total  and  Tier 1 capital (primarily common stock and
retained  earnings less goodwill) to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital
to  average  assets.  Management  believes,  as  of  December 31, 1997, that the
Company  exceeds  all  capital  adequacy  requirements  to  which it is subject.

As  of  December  31,  1997 and 1996, the most recent notification from the FDIC
categorized  the  Company as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for
prompt  corrective  action.  To  be categorized as well capitalized, the Company
must  maintain  minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage
ratios  as set forth in the table below. There are no conditions or events since
that notification which management believes have changed the Company's category.

                                       13
<PAGE>

The  Company's  actual  capital  ratios  are  presented  below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     TO BE CATEGORIZED
                                                                   AS  WELL  CAPITALIZED
                                                                        UNDER  PROMPT
                                             FOR CAPITAL              CORRECTIVE ACTION 
                               ACTUAL     ADEQUACY PURPOSES               PROVISIONS
                               ------     -----------------   -------------------------
                               AMOUNT     RATIO     AMOUNT    RATIO     AMOUNT    RATIO
<S>                          <C>          <C>     <C>         <C>     <C>         <C>
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997:
Total Capital (to Risk
Weighted Assets)             $12,357,179  17.20%  $5,746,643   >= 8%  $7,183,304   >=10%
Tier I Capital (to Risk
Weighted Assets)             $11,454,477  15.95%  $2,873,321    >=4%  $4,309,982    >=6%
Tier I Capital (to Average
Assets)                      $11,454,477  12.02%  $3,812,315    >=4%  $4,765,393    >=5%
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996:
Total Capital (to Risk
Weighted Assets)             $ 9,406,022  14.88%  $5,057,001   >= 8%  $ 6,321,21   >=10%
Tier I Capital (to Risk
Weighted Assets)             $ 8,608,032  13.61%  $2,529,914    >=4%  $3,794,871    >=6%
Tier I Capital (to Average
Assets)                      $ 8,608,032  11.33%  $3,039,023    >=4%  $3,798,778    >=5%
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995:
Total Capital (to Risk
Weighted Assets)             $ 6,149,829  10.99%  $4,476,673   >= 8%  $5,595,841   >=10%
Tier I Capital (to Risk
Weighted Assets)             $ 5,441,181   9.73%  $2,236,868    >=4%  $3,355,302    >=6%
Tier I Capital (to Average
Assets)                      $ 5,441,181   7.62%  $2,856,263    >=4%  $3,570,329    >=5%
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
SCHEDULE  OF  ASSETS,  LIABILITIES  AND  SHAREHOLDERS'  EQUITY
 --------------------------------------------------------------

The  following  schedule  shows  the  average  balances of the Company's assets,
liabilities and shareholders' equity accounts and the percentage distribution of
the  items,  computed  using  the  daily  a  average  balances,  for the periods
indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          Year Ended December 31,
                                                          -----------------------

                                        1997                1996                 1995
                                      -------            ----------             -------        
                                  Amount   Percent(1)  Amount   Percent(1)  Amount   Percent(1)
                                  -------  ----------  -------  ----------  -------  ----------
<S>                               <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>
ASSETS
- --------------------------------                                                               
Cash and due from banks           $ 3,203        3.7%  $ 2,726        3.7%  $ 2,378        3.7%
Federal funds sold                  8,129        9.3     5,632        7.7     5,506        8.6 
Time deposits in other financial
institutions                        2,092        2.4     1,524        2.1     2,763        4.3 
Investment Securities               3,887        4.4     1,636        2.2       672        1.0 
</TABLE>

                                       14
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           Year Ended December 31,
                                                           -----------------------

                                                1997                 1996                   1995
                                              --------            ----------              --------      
                                         Amount   Percent(1)   Amount   Percent(1)   Amount   Percent(1)
                                        --------  ----------  --------  ----------  --------  ----------
<S>                                     <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>
Loans:
  Commercial                            $13,637        15.6%  $14,300        19.7%  $13,821        21.5%
  Real estate                            20,612        23.6    19,418        26.7    14,546        22.6 
  Unguaranteed portions of loans
insured by the SBA                       21,345        24.4    15,617        21.5    15,886        24.7 
  Installment                             4,239         4.8     5,925         8.1     3,532         5.5 
  Loan participations purchased - real
estate                                    1,333         1.5       746         1.0       876         1.4 
Less allowance for loan losses           (1,333)       (1.5)   (1,351)       (1.9)   (1,484)       (2.3)
Less net deferred loan fees and
premiums                                    (30)          -       (26)          -       (41)        (.1)
Less discount on loan pool purchase        (488)        (.6)     (423)        (.6)     (664)       (1.0)
                                        --------  ----------  --------  ----------  --------  ----------
      Net Loans                          59,315        67.8    54,206        74.5    46,472        72.3 
Loans held for sale                       5,428         6.2     1,682         2.3     2,668         4.2 
Other real estate owned                     216         0.3       173         0.2       408         0.6 
Premises and equipment, net               2,547         2.9     1,856         2.6     1,384         2.2 
Excess servicing asset                      788          .9     1,705         2.2       271         0.4 
Accrued interest receivable and other
assets                                    1,863         2.1     1,578         2.2     1,994         2.7 
                                        --------  ----------  --------  ----------  --------  ----------
TOTAL ASSETS                            $87,468       100.0%  $72,718       100.0%  $64,245       100.0%
                                        ========  ==========  ========  ==========  ========  ==========
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits:
  Noninterest-bearing demand            $16,915        19.3%  $13,862        19.1%  $10,292        16.0%
  Interest-bearing demand                12,936        14.8    12,277        16.9    12,185        19.0 
  Savings                                10,413        11.9    10,699        14.7     9,703        15.1 
  Time certificates, $100,000 or more    14,533        16.6    10,336        14.2     7,651        11.9 
  Other time certificates                21,165        24.2    17,858        24.6    18,425        28.7 
                                        --------  ----------  --------  ----------  --------  ----------
    Total deposits                       75,962        86.8    65,032        89.4    58,256        90.7 
Accrued interest payable and other
liabilities                                 661         0.8       137         0.2       354         0.5 
                                        --------  ----------  --------  ----------  --------  ----------
    Total Liabilities                    76,623        87.6    65,169        89.6    58,610        91.2 
</TABLE>

                                       15
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Year Ended December 31,

                                       1997                 1996                1995
                                 Amount   Percent(1)  Amount   Percent(1)  Amount   Percent(1)
                                 -------  ----------  -------  ----------  -------  ----------
<S>                              <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>
Stockholders' equity
  Common Stock                     8,332        9.5     6,207        8.6     4,787        7.5 
  Retained earnings                2,513        2.9     1,342        1.8       848        1.3 
                                 -------  ----------  -------  ----------  -------  ----------
    Total stockholders' equity    10,845       12.4     7,549       10.4     5,635        8.8 
                                 -------  ----------  -------  ----------  -------  ----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY             $87,468      100.0%  $72,718      100.0%  $64,245      100.0%
                                 =======  ==========  =======  ==========  =======  ==========
</TABLE>

INVESTMENT  PORTFOLIO.  The  following  table  summarizes  the  amounts, terms,
- ---------------------
distributions  and  yields of the Company's investment securities as of December
31,  1997.  As  of  year  end,  all  securities  were held at the Company level.
(Dollars  in  thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     One Year                     After One Year
                                      or Less                      to Five Years        Total
                                     ---------  ----------------                       -------    
<S>                                  <C>        <C>               <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>
December 31, 1997                    Amount     Yield             Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield
                                     ---------  ----------------  -------  ------  -------  ------

U.S. Treasury & Government Agencies  $     998             5.59%  $     -  N/A     $   998   5.59%
FRB Stock                            $       -  $             -   $   251   5.99%  $   251   5.99%
                                     ---------  ----------------  -------  ------  -------  ------
Total                                $     998             5.59%  $   251   5.99%  $ 1,249   5.64%
                                     =========  ================  =======  ======  =======  ======
</TABLE>

In  addition  to the above, the Company holds Interest-Only strip assets in the
amount  of $2,528,587. These Interest-Only strips represent the present value of
the  right  to  the excess cash flows generated by the sold loans that represent
the difference between (a) interest at the stated rate paid by borrowers and (b)
the  sum  of  (i)  pass-through  interest  paid  to  third-party investors, (ii)
stipulated servicing fees and (iii) estimated loan portfolio losses. The Company
determines the present value of this anticipated cash flow stream at the time of
the  loan  sale  close,  utilizing  valuation  assumptions  appropriate for each
particular  transaction.

The  signnificant  valuation  assumptions are related to the anticipated average
lives  of  the loans sold, the anticipated prepayment speeds and the anticipated
credit  losses  related thereto. In order to determine the present value of this
excess  cash  flow,  the  Company currently applies an estimated market discount
rate  of  11%  to  the expected pro forma gross cash flows, which are calculated
utilizing  the  weighted  average  lives of the loans,. Accordingly, the overall
effective  discount  rate  utilized  on  the  cash flows, net of expected credit
losses  is  approximatley  11%.  The  annual  prepayment  rate of the loans is a
function  of  full  and  partial  prepayments and defaults. In the Interest-Only
Strips'  fair  value  estimates, the Company makes assumptions of the prepayment
rates of the underlying loans, which the Company believes are reasonable. During
fiscal 1997, the Company utilized proprietary prepayment curves generated by the
Company  (reaching  an  approximate  maximum  annual  rate  of  15%)

                                       16
<PAGE>

The  following  table summarizes the year-end balances and  distributions of the
Company's  investment  securities  held  on  December  31, 1997, 1996, and 1995.
(Dollars  in  thousands):a

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    December 31,
                                                  -------------   
<S>                                  <C>            <C>     <C>
                                              1997    1996    1995
                                     -------------  ------  ------

U.S. Treasury & Government Agencies  $         998  $1,998  $  994
FRB Stock                                      251     156     137
                                     -------------  ------  ------
Total                                $       1,249  $2,154  $1,131
                                     =============  ======  ======
</TABLE>

LOAN  PORTFOLIO

The  Company's  largest  lending  categories  are  commercial loans, real estate
loans,  unguaranteed  portion  of  loans  insured by the SBA, installment loans,
loans  held  for  sale  and  real  estate  loan  participations purchased. These
categories accounted for approximately 23.1%, 34.9%, 25.3%, 6.1%, 6.6% and 4.0%,
respectively,  of  the  Company's total loan portfolio at December 31, 1997, and
approximately  26.8%,  36.6%,  15.1%,  7.2%,  13.0%  and  1.3%, respectively, at
December  31,  1996.  Loans are carried at face amount, less payments collected,
the  allowance  for  possible  loan  losses, deferred loan fees and discounts on
loans  purchased.  Interest  on all loans is accrued daily on primarily a simple
interest  basis.  It  is  generally  the  Company's  policy  to  place  loans on
nonaccrual status when they are 90 days past due. Thereafter, interest income is
no  longer  recognized  and  the  full  amount of all payments received, whether
principal or interest, are applied to the principal balance of the loan. Problem
loans  are  maintained  on accrual status only when management of the Company is
confident  of  full  repayment  within  a  very  short  period  of  time.

The  rates  of  interest  charged  on  variable  rate loans are set at specified
increments  in  relation  to the Company's published prime lending rate or other
appropriate  indices  and  vary  as  those  indices  vary. At December 31, 1997,
approximately  72%  of  the  Company's  loan portfolio was comprised of variable
interest  rate  loans.  At  December  31,  1996,  variable  rate loans comprised
approximately  62%  of  the  Company's  loan  portfolio.

DISTRIBUTION  OF  LOANS
- -----------------------

The  distribution  of  the Company's total loans by type of loan as of the dates
indicated  is  shown  in  the  following  table  (dollars  in  thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    December 31,
                                                                   --------------     
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>      <C>
Type of loan                                                   1997      1996     1995
- ----------------------------------------------------  --------------  -------  -------
Commercial                                            $      13,195   $14,017  $14,615
Real estate                                                  19,924    19,172   17,442
Unguaranteed portion of loans insured by SBA                 19,602    14,708   13,581
Installment                                                   3,467     3,777    4,345
Loan participations purchased                                 2,247       709      833
                                                      --------------  -------  -------
TOTAL                                                        58,435    52,383   50,816
                                                      --------------  -------  -------
Less:
   Allowance for loan losses                                  1,286     1,409    1,463
   Deferred loan fees and premiums                               (3)       39       32
   Discount on loan pool purchase                               428       344      490
                                                      --------------  -------  -------
NET LOANS                                             $      56,724   $50,591  $48,831
                                                      ==============  =======  =======
Guaranteed and unguaranteed portion of certain loans
insured by SBA and FHA Title I loans held-for-sale    $      14,440   $ 6,809  $ 2,743
                                                      ==============  =======  =======
</TABLE>

                                       17
<PAGE>

COMMERCIAL  LOANS
 -----------------

In  addition  to  traditional  commercial  loans made to business customers, the
Company  occasionally  extends  lines  of  credit. On business credit lines, the
Company specifies a maximum amount which it stands ready to lend to the customer
during  a  specified period, in return for which the customer agrees to maintain
its  primary  banking  relationship with the Company. The purpose for which such
loans  will  be used and the security therefor, if any, are generally determined
before the Company's commitment is extended. Normally, the Company does not make
loan  commitments  in  material  amounts  for  periods  in  excess  of one year.

REAL  ESTATE  LOANS
- -------------------

Real estate loans are primarily made for the purpose of purchasing, improving or
constructing single family residences, and commercial and industrial properties.

Approximately  67%  of  the  Company's real estate construction loans consist of
loans  secured by first trust deeds on the construction of owner-occupied single
family  dwellings  and  approximately  13%  of  the Company's construction loans
consist  of  loans  secured  by  second  trust  deeds  on  the  construction  of
owner-occupied  single  family  dwellings.  Approximately  7%  of  the Company's
construction  loans  consist  of first trust deeds on commercial properties, and
approximately  13%  of  the Company's construction loans consist of second trust
deeds  on  commercial  properties. Construction loans are generally written with
terms  of  six  to  twelve  months and usually do not exceed a loan to appraised
value  of  80%.

UNGUARANTEED  PORTION  OF  LOANS  GUARANTEED  BY  THESBA
- --------------------------------------------------------

The  Company  is  approved  as  a Preferred Lender by the SBA. Loans made by the
Company under programs offered by the SBA are generally made to small businesses
for the purchase of businesses, purchase or construction of facilities, purchase
of  equipment  or working capital. The loans generally carry guarantees from the
SBA ranging from 75% - 90% of the balance loaned. Borrowers usually are required
to  provide  adequate  collateral  for  these loans, similar to other commercial
loans.  The  SBA does allow less-collateralized loans for its "Low Doc" program,
loans of less than $100,000. When the Company originates SBA loans, it sells the
guaranteed  portion  of the loans into the secondary market. The Company retains
the  unguaranteed  portion  of the loans, as well as the servicing on the loans,
for  which it is paid a fee. The loans are all variable rate based upon the Wall
Street  Journal  Prime  Rate.  The servicing spread is a minimum of 1.00% on all
loans.  The  gains  recognized  by  the  Company  on the sales of the guaranteed
portion  of  these  loans  and  the  ongoing  servicing  income  received,  are
significant  revenue  streams  for  the  Company.

INSTALLMENT  LOANS
- ------------------

While  not  a  large  portion  of its loan portfolio, the Company does originate
installment  loans.  These loans are comprised of automobile, small equity lines
of  credit  and  general personal loans. These loans are primarily variable rate
with  terms  of  five  years  or  less.

LOAN  PARTICIPATIONS  PURCHASED
- -------------------------------

When  the  Company first opened, in an effort to generate earnings as quickly as
possible,  management  made  the  decision   to  purchase  several  packages  of
commercial  real  estate loans. As these loans have been repaid, the Company has
had  the  ability  to  utilize the funds elsewhere and these loans have become a
very  small portion of the portfolio. The Company occasionally participates in a
loan  with  another  community  bank  in  an  overline  capacity.
MATURITY  OF  LOANS  AND  SENSITIVITY  OF  LOANS  TO  CHANGES  IN INTEREST RATES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The  following  table  sets  forth the amount of gross loans outstanding, of the
Company  as  of December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995, which, based on the remaining
scheduled  repayments  of  principal, have the ability to be repriced or are due
in  less  than  one  year,  in  one  to  five years, or in more than five years.

                                       18
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                1997                      1996             1995
                               -------                    ----           ---------       
<S>                      <C>      <C>        <C>   <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>
(Dollars in Thousands)   Fixed    Variable         Fixed    Variable   Fixed    Variable
                         -------  ---------        -------  ---------  -------  ---------
Less than One Year       $ 8,319  $  43,676        $ 6,269  $  37,011  $ 3,345  $  37,622
One Year to Five Years     7,996          -          9,011          -    9,964          -
After Five Years          12,884          -          6,901          -    1,615          -
Total                    $29,199  $  43,676        $22,181  $  37,011  $14,924  $  37,622
                         =======  =========        =======  =========  =======  =========

Yearly Total                1997  $  72,875           1996  $  59,192     1995  $  52,546
</TABLE>

The  following  table  shows  the Company's loan commitments outstanding at the
dates  indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     December 31,
                                    -------------    
<S>                         <C>            <C>      <C>
(Dollars in thousands)               1997     1996    1995
                            -------------  -------  ------
Commercial                  $      12,298  $ 7,412  $6,077
Real estate                         2,015    2,781   2,349
Loans insured by the SBA            4,177    1,195     142
Installment loans                   1,171    1,429   1,304
Standby letters of credit              30       50      96
                            -------------  -------  ------
  Total commitments         $      20,391  $12,867  $9,968
                            =============  =======  ======
</TABLE>

Based  upon  prior  experience  and  prevailing  economic  conditions,  it  is
anticipated that approximately 90% of the commitments at December 31, 1997, will
be  exercised during 1998. All commercial commitments in the preceding table are
commitments  to  grant  such  loans.

SUMMARY  OF  LOAN  LOSSES  EXPERIENCE
- -------------------------------------

As a natural corollary to the Company's lending activities, some loan losses are
experienced.  The  risk  of loss varies with the type of loan being made and the
creditworthiness  of  the  borrower  over  the  term  of the loan. The degree of
perceived  risk  is  taken  into  account  in establishing the structure of, and
interest  rates and security for, specific loans and for various types of loans.
The  Company  attempts  to  minimize its credit risk exposure by use of thorough
loan  application  and  approval  procedures.

The  Company  maintains  a  program  of systematic review of its existing loans.
Loans  are  graded  for  their  overall quality. Those loans which the Company's
management  determines require further monitoring and supervision are segregated
and  reviewed  on  a periodic basis. Significant problem loans are reviewed on a
monthly  basis  by  the  Company's  Loan  Committee.

The  recorded  investment in loans that are considered to be impaired under SFAS
No. 114 was as follows:

                                       19
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                               1997          1996         1995
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>          <C>
Impaired loans without specific valuation allowances      $   1,547,168   $  764,388   $1,531,318 
Impaired loans with specific valuation allowances             1,250,964    1,178,435    1,432,783 
Specific Valuation allowance allocated to impaired loans       (505,994)    (432,853)    (583,600)
                                                          --------------  -----------  -----------
Impaired loans, net                                       $   2,292,138   $1,509,970   $2,380,501 
                                                          ==============  ===========  ===========

Average investment in impaired loans                      $   1,901,054   $1,945,236   $1,805,251 
                                                          ==============  ===========  ===========

Interest Income recognized on impaired loans              $     287,309   $   85,559   $   66,919 
                                                          ==============  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>

It  is  generally the Company's policy to place loans on  nonaccrual status when
they  are  90 days past due. Thereafter, interest income is no longer recognized
and the full amount of all payments received, whether principal or interest, are
applied  to  the  principal balance of the loan. As such, interest income may be
recognized  on  impaired loans to the extent they are not past due by 90 days or
more.

At December 31, 1997, loans on nonaccrual status totaled $1,259,107, compared to
$618,095 and $1,036,782 at December 31, 1996 and 1995. Upon the adoption of SFAS
No.  114,  the  Company  classified  all loans on nonaccrual status as impaired.
Accordingly,  the  impaired loans disclosed above include all loans that were on
nonaccrual  status  as  of  December  31,  1997,  1996  and  1995.

Financial difficulties encountered by certain borrowers may cause the Company to
restructure the terms of their loans to facilitate loan payments. As of December
31,  1997,  1996  and  1995,  gross  troubled  debt  restructured  loans totaled
$2,375,000,  $843,000,  and  $436,000. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS
No. 114, a troubled loan that is restructured subsequent to the adoption of SFAS
No.  114 would generally be considered impaired, while a loan restructured prior
to  adoption would not be considered impaired if, at the date of measurement, it
was  probable  that  the  Company  would  collect  all  amounts  due  under  the
restructured  terms.  Accordingly, the balance of impaired loans disclosed above
includes  all  troubled  debt  restructured loans that, as of December 31, 1997,
1996,  and  1995  are  considered  impaired.

Interest  foregone  on  nonaccrual  loans  and  troubled  debt  restructurings
outstanding during the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995 amounted to
approximately  $190,750,  $225,955,  and  $96,036,  respectively.

The  Company  charges off that portion of any loan which management considers to
represent  a  loss.  A loan is generally considered by management to represent a
loss  in  whole  or  in  part  when  an  exposure beyond any collateral value is
apparent, servicing of the unsecured portion has been discontinued or collection
is  not  anticipated  based  on  the  borrower's financial condition and general
economic conditions in the borrower's industry. The principal amount of any loan
which  is  declared  a  loss is charged against the Company's allowance for loan
losses.

The  following  table  sets  forth the amount of loans which were 30 to 89 days
past  due  at  the  dates  indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    December 31,
<S>                     <C>            <C>    <C>
(Dollars in thousands)           1997   1996    1995
                        -------------  -----  ------
Commercial              $         631  $ 786  $  567
Real estate                         -     52     468
                        -------------  -----  ------
Total                   $         631  $ 838  $1,035
                        =============  =====  ======
</TABLE>

                                       20
<PAGE>

The  following  table  sets  forth  the amount of loans which were on nonaccrual
status  at  the  dates  indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    December 31,
<S>                     <C>            <C>    <C>
(Dollars in thousands)           1997   1996    1995
                        -------------  -----  ------
Commercial              $       1,259  $ 618  $  595
Real estate                         -      -     442
                        -------------  -----  ------
Total                   $       1,259  $ 618  $1,037
                        =============  =====  ======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)                                             1997      1996      1995
                                                                 --------  --------  --------
<S>                                                              <C>       <C>       <C>
BALANCES
Loans:
 Average gross loans                                             $66,595   $57,688   $51,329 
 Gross loans at end of period                                     72,875    59,192    53,559 
 Loans charged off                                                   401       510       308 
 Recoveries of loans previously charged off                           17        22        20 
                                                                 --------  --------  --------
 Net loans charged off                                               384       489       288 
                                                                 --------  --------  --------
 Allowance for possible loan losses                                1,286     1,409     1,463 
 Provisions for possible loan losses                                 260       435       360 
Ratios:
 Net loan charge-offs to average loans                                .6%       .8%       .6%
 Net loan charge-offs to loans at end of period                       .5%       .9%       .5%
 Allowance for possible loan losses to average loans                 1.9%      2.4%      2.9%
 Allowance for possible loan losses to loans at end of period        1.8%      2.4%      2.7%
 Net loan charge-offs to allowance for possible loan losses at
end of period                                                       29.9%     34.7%     19.7%
 Net loan charge-offs to provision for possible loan losses at
end of period                                                      147.7%    112.4%     80.0%
</TABLE>

The  Company's allowance for loan losses is designed  to provide for loan losses
which  can  be  reasonably  anticipated.  The  allowance  for  loan   losses  is
established  through charges to operating expenses in the form of provisions for
loan  losses.  Provisions for possible loan losses amounted to $260,000 in 1997,
$435,000  in  1996  and  $360,000  in 1995. Actual loan losses or recoveries are
charged  or  credited,  directly to the allowance for loan losses. The amount of
the  allowance  is  determined  by  management of the Company. Among the factors
considered  in  determining  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  are  the current
financial condition of the Company's borrowers and the value of the security, if
any,  for  their loans. Estimates of future economic conditions and their impact
on   various   industries   and   individual   borrowers  are  also  taken  into
consideration,  as are the Company's historical loan loss experience and reports
of  banking  regulatory   authorities.  Because  these  estimates,  factors  and
evaluations are primarily judgmental, no assurance can be given as to whether or
not the Company will sustain loan losses substantially higher in relation to the
size  of the allowance for loan losses or that subsequent evaluation of the loan
portfolio  may  not  require  substantial  changes  in  such  allowance.

                                       21
<PAGE>

At  December  31,  1997, 1996, and 1995, the allowance was 1.8%, 2.4%, and 2.7%
respectively,  of  the  gross loans then outstanding, respectively. Although the
current  level  of  the  allowance  is  deemed  adequate  by  management, future
provisions  will  be  subject  to  continuing  reevaluation of risks in the loan
portfolio.

Management  of  the  Company reviews with the Board of Directors the adequacy of
the  allowance  for  possible  loan  losses  on a quarterly basis. The loan loss
provision is adjusted when specific items reflect a need for such an adjustment.
Management  of the Company charged off loans totaling $400,745 in 1997, $510,494
in  1996,  and $308,287 in 1995. Recoveries of loans previously charged off were
$17,276  in 1997, $21,876 in 1996, and $19,910 in 1995. Management believes that
there  were  no  material  loan losses during the last fiscal year that have not
been  charged  off.  Management  also  believes  that the Company has adequately
reserved  for  all  individual  items  in  its  portfolio  which may result in a
material  loss  to the Company. See "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF THE
SUMMARY  OF  EARNINGS  -  Provision  for  Loan  Losses".

INVESTMENT  SECURITIES
- ----------------------

The  Investment  Policy  of  the  Company sets forth the types and maturities of
investments the Company may hold. The policy is quite conservative and allows no
derivative  type  investments.  As  a  practical  matter,  because  the  Company
originates such a high volume of loans and, therefore uses most of its resources
to  fund those loans, the Company's investment portfolio is short term in nature
and  of  high  quality.  As of December 31, 1997, the only investment securities
held  by  the Company were the Federal Reserve Bank stock required to be held by
the  Company  and two $500,000 U.S. Treasury Notes pledged as collateral for the
Company's  Treasury,  Tax  & Loan Account. The Company's investment portfolio is
reviewed  by  the Chief Financial Officer of the Company on a daily basis and by
the  Investment  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  on a quarterly basis.

INTEREST  RATES  AND  DIFFERENTIALS
- -----------------------------------

Certain  information  concerning  interest-earning  assets  and interest-bearing
liabilities  and  yields  thereon  is  set forth in the following table. Amounts
outstanding  are  daily  average  balances:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                      -----------------------

                                  1997      1996      1995
                                --------  --------  --------
<S>                             <C>       <C>       <C>
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
Time deposits in other
financial institutions:
     Average outstanding        $ 2,092   $ 1,524   $ 2,763 
     Average yield                  5.8%      5.8%      6.3%
     Interest income            $   121   $    88   $   174 
Federal funds sold:
     Average outstanding        $ 8,129   $ 5,632   $ 5,506 
     Average yield                  5.2%      5.0%      5.5%
     Interest income            $   424   $   283   $   305 
U.S. Government Investment
securities:
     Average outstanding        $ 1,830   $ 1,489   $   535 
     Average yield                  5.6%      6.1%      7.5%
     Interest income            $   102   $    91   $    40 
Federal Reserve Bank Stock
Investment securities:
     Average outstanding        $   215   $   147   $   137 
     Average yield                  6.0%      6.1%      5.8%
     Interest income            $    13   $     9   $     8 

                                       22
<PAGE>

Loans:
     Average net outstanding    $64,743   $55,888   $49,140 
     Average yield                 11.4%     11.3%     12.2%
     Interest income            $ 7,350   $ 6,341   $ 5,977 
TOTAL INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
     Average outstanding        $77,009   $64,680   $58,081 
     Average Yield                 10.4%     10.5%     11.2%
     Interest income            $ 8,009   $ 6,812   $ 6,504 
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
   Interest-bearing demand
accounts:
     Average outstanding        $12,936   $12,277   $12,185 
     Average yield                  3.4%      3.5%      3.7%
     Interest expense           $   442   $   434   $   455 
Savings deposits:
     Average outstanding        $10,413   $10,699   $ 9,703 
     Average yield                  3.8%      3.9%      4.5%
     Interest expense           $   391   $   414   $   441 
Time certificates of deposit:
     Average outstanding        $35,698   $28,194   $26,076 
     Average yield                  5.8%      5.6%      6.0%
     Interest expense           $ 2,077   $ 1,577   $ 1,555 
TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING
   LIABILITIES:
     Average outstanding        $59,047   $51,170   $47,964 
     Average yield                  4.9%      4.7%      5.1%
                                   1997      1996      1995 
                                --------  --------  --------
     Interest expense           $ 2,910   $ 2,425   $ 2,451 
Net interest income                5099      4387      4053 
AVERAGE NET INTEREST MARGIN
   ON INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS       6.6%      6.8%      7.0%
</TABLE>

LIQUIDITY  MANAGEMENT
 ---------------------

The  Company has two federal funds lines of credit with its correspondent banks,
of $2,700,000. This line has never been used. At times when the Company has more
funds  than it needs for its reserve requirements or short term liquidity needs,
the  Company increases its securities investments and sells federal funds. It is
management's policy to maintain a substantial portion of its portfolio of assets
and liabilities on a short-term or highly liquid basis in order to maintain rate
flexibility  and  to  meet  loan  funding  and  liquidity  needs.

                                       23
<PAGE>

The following table shows the Company's average deposits for each of the periods
indicated  below,  based  upon  average  daily  balances:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              Year Ended December 31,
                                              -----------------------
(Dollars in thousands)               1997                 1996                 1995
                                   --------            ---------             --------
                              Average    Percent   Average    Percent   Average    Percent
                              Balance   of Total   Balance   of Total   Balance   of Total
                              --------  ---------  --------  ---------  --------  ---------
<S>                           <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>
Non-interest-bearing demand   $ 16,915      22.3%  $ 13,853      21.3%  $ 10,292      17.7%
Interest-bearing demand         12,936      17.0%    12,277      18.9%    12,185      20.9%
Savings                         10,413      13.7%    10,699      16.5%     9,703      16.7%
TCDs of $100,000 or more        14,533      19.1%    10,336      15.9%     7,651      13.1%
Other TCDs                      21,165      27.9%    17,858      27.4%    18,425      31.6%
                              --------  ---------  --------  ---------  --------  ---------
Total deposits                $ 75,962     100.0%  $ 65,023     100.0%  $ 58,256     100.0%
                              ========  =========  ========  =========  ========  =========
</TABLE>

DEPOSITS
- --------

The  maturities  of  time  certificates  of  deposit  ("TCDs")  were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           December 31, 1997  December 31, 1996
                           -----------------  -----------------
(Unaudited)                  TCDs               TCDs
                             over     Other     over     Other
                           $100,000   TCDs    $100,000   TCDs
                           --------  -------  --------  -------
<S>                        <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>
(Dollars in thousands)
Less than three months     $  8,643  $ 8,336  $  5,512  $ 9,704
Over three months
   through six months         2,257    2,917     2,796    7,439
Over six months
   through twelve months      5,833    9,960     2,941    4,188
Over twelve months
   through five years           100      483       100      749
                           --------  -------  --------  -------
     Total                 $ 16,833  $21,696  $ 11,349  $22,080
                           ========  =======  ========  =======
</TABLE>

While  the deposits of the Company may fluctuate up and down somewhat with local
and  national  economic  conditions,  management of the Company does not believe
that  such  deposits, or the business of the Company in general, are seasonal in
nature.  Liability  management is monitored by the Chief Financial Officer daily
and  by  the Asset/Liability Committee of the Company's Board of Directors which
meets  quarterly,

YEAR  2000
- ----------

As the year 2000 approaches, a critical issue has emerged regarding how existing
application  software  programs  and operating systems can accommodate this date
value.  In brief, many existing application software products in the marketplace
were designed to only accommodate a two digit date position which represents the
year  (for  example,  '97'  is  stored  on the system and represents the year as
1997).  As a result, the year 1999 could be the maximum date value these systems
will  be  able  to accurately process. A time-sensitive software may recognize a
date  using  "00" as the year 1900 rather than year 2000. This could result in a
system  failure or miscalculations causing disruptions of operations, including,
among  other  things, a temporary inability to process transactions or engage in
similar  normal  business  activities.

                                       24
<PAGE>

The  Company  has adopted a plan of action to minimize the risk of the year 2000
event  including the establishment of an oversight committee. The committee will
coordinate  the  identification,  evaluation,  and  implementation of changes to
computer  systems  and  software. The committee's goal is to achieve a year 2000
date  conversion  with  no  effect  on  customers  or  disruption  to  business
operations.  The  Company  plans  on  completing  the  testing  process  of  all
significant  applications  by  December  31,  1998.

The  Company  has  initiated  formal  communications  with  all  of its vendors,
including  the  U.S.  Government,  to  determine  their  Year  2000  compliance
readiness.  The  Company  is  reviewing  the  extent  the  interface systems are
vulnerable  to  any  third  parties' year 2000 issues. There can be no guarantee
that  the  systems  of other companies on which the Company systems rely will be
timely  converted and would not have an adverse effect on the Company's systems.
Many  of  the Company's systems include new hardware and software purchased from
vendors who have represented that these systems are already year 2000 compliant.
The  Company  is in the process of obtaining assurances from vendors that timely
updates  will  be  made  available  to  make  all  remaining  systems compliant.

Management  does  not  anticipate  the  Company will be required to purchase any
additional  hardware  or  sftware to be year 2000 compliant. However, management
does  anticipate  some  administrative  costs relative to the identification and
testing  of  the  Company's  electronic  data  processing systems. The costs and
timing  of  the year 2000 project is based on management's best estimates, which
were  derived  utilizing  numerous  assumptions  of future events, including the
continued  availability of certain resources, third party modification plans and
other  factors.  However, there can be no guarantee that these estimates will be
achieved  and  actual  results  could  differ  from  these  plans.

                           SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

Community  West  Bancshares (the "Company") is a bank holding company registered
under  the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act  of 1956, as amended (the "Act"), and is
subject  to  supervision  by  the  Federal Reserve Board (the "FRB").  As a bank
holding  company,  the Company is required to file with the FRB an annual report
and  such  other  additional  information as the FRB may require pursuant to the
Act.    The  FRB may also make examinations of the Company and its subsidiaries.

The  Act  requires  prior  approval  by  the  FRB  for,  among other things, the
acquisition by a bank holding company of direct or indirect ownership or control
of  more  than  5% of the voting shares, or substantially all the assets, of any
bank  or  for a merger or consolidation by a bank holding company with any other
bank  holding  company.

Goleta  National  Bank (the "Bank") is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.
The  Company and any subsidiaries it may organize are deemed to be affiliates of
the  Bank within the meaning of the Act.  Pursuant thereto, loans by the Bank to
affiliates, investments by the Bank in affiliates' stock, and taking affiliates'
stock by the Bank as collateral for loans to any borrower will be limited to 10%
of  the Bank's capital, in the case of any one affiliate, and will be limited to
20%  of  the  Bank's  capital  in the case of all affiliates.  In addition, such
transactions  must  be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and
sound  banking  practices;  in particular, a bank and its subsidiaries generally
may  not  purchase from an affiliate a low-quality asset, as defined in the Act.
Such  restrictions  also prevent a bank holding company and its other affiliates
from  borrowing from a banking subsidiary of the bank holding company unless the
loans  are  secured by marketable collateral of designated amounts.  The Company
and  the  Bank are also subject to certain restrictions with respect to engaging
in  the  underwriting,  public  sale  and  distribution  of  securities.

                                       25
<PAGE>

With  certain  limited  exceptions,  a  bank  holding company is prohibited from
acquiring  direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting
shares  of  any  company  which  is  not a bank or bank holding company and from
engaging  directly  or indirectly in any activity other than banking or managing
or  controlling  banks  or furnishing services to or performing services for its
authorized subsidiaries.  A bank holding company may, however, engage or acquire
an interest in a company that engages in activities which the FRB has determined
to  be  closely  related  to  banking  or managing or controlling banks as to be
properly  incident thereto.  In making such a determination, the FRB is required
to  consider  whether  the  performance  of  such  activities  can reasonably be
expected  to  produce  benefits  to  the  public,  such  as greater convenience,
increased  competition,  or  gains in efficiency, that outweigh possible adverse
effects,  such  as  undue  concentration  of  resources,  decreased  or  unfair
competition, conflicts of interests, or unsound banking practices.  Although the
future  scope of permitted activities is uncertain and cannot be predicted, some
of  the  activities  that  the  FRB  has  determined by regulation to be closely
related  to  banking  are:  (i) making or acquiring loans or other extensions of
credit  for  its  own account or for the account of others; (ii) servicing loans
and  other  extensions  of  credit for any person; (iii) operating an industrial
bank,  Morris  Plan  bank, or industrial loan company, as authorized under state
law, so long as the institution is not a bank; (iv) operating a trust company in
the manner authorized by federal or state law, so long as the institution is not
a  bank  and  does  not  make loans or investments or accept deposits, except as
permitted  under  the  FRB's  Regulation  Y; (v) subject to certain limitations,
acting  as  an investment or financial adviser to investment companies and other
persons;  (vi) leasing personal and real property or acting as agent, broker, or
adviser in leasing such property in accordance with various restrictions imposed
by  Regulation Y, including a restriction that it is reasonably anticipated that
each  lease  will  compensate  the  lessor  for  not less than the lessor's full
investment  in  the  property;  (vii)  making  equity  and  debt  investments in
corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare; (viii)
providing  financial, banking, or economic data processing and data transmission
services,  facilities,  data  bases,  or  providing  access  to  such  services,
facilities,  or  data  bases;  (ix)  acting  as  principal, agent, or broker for
insurance directly related to extensions of credit which are limited to assuring
the  repayment  of  debts  in  the  event  of  death, disability, or involuntary
unemployment of the debtor; (x) acting as agent or broker for insurance directly
related  to  extensions  of credit by a finance company subsidiary; (xi) owning,
controlling,  or  operating  a  savings  association  provided  that the savings
association  engages  only  in  activities  permitted for bank holding companies
under  Regulation  Y;  (xii)  providing  courier  services of limited character;
(xiii) providing management consulting advice to non-affiliated bank and nonbank
depository  institutions,  subject  to  the limitations imposed by Regulation Y;
(xiv)  selling  money  orders,  travelers'  checks  and U.S. Savings Bonds; (xv)
appraisal  of real estate and personal property; (xvi) acting as an intermediary
for  the  financing  of  commercial  or industrial income-producing real estate;
(xvii)  providing  securities  brokerage  services,  related  securities  credit
activities  pursuant  to  Regulation  T, and other incidental activities; (xiii)
underwriting  and  dealing  in  obligations  of the U.S., general obligations of
states  and  their political subdivisions, and  other obligations authorized for
state  member  banks  under federal law; and (xix) providing general information
and statistical forecasting, advisory and transactional services with respect to
foreign  exchange  through  a  separately  incorporated  subsidiary.

Federal  law  prohibits a holding company and any subsidiary banks from engaging
in  certain  tie-in  arrangements  in  connection  with the extension of credit.
Thus,  for  example,  the Bank may not extend credit, lease or sell property, or
furnish  any services, or fix or vary the consideration for any of the foregoing
on  the  condition that: (i) the customer must obtain or provide some additional
credit,  property  or  services from or to the Bank other than a loan, discount,
deposit  or  trust  service;  or  (ii)  the customer must obtain or provide some
additional  credit,  property  or  service  from  or to the Company or any other
subsidiary  of  the  Company;  or  (iii)  the customer may not obtain some other
credit, property or services from competitors, except reasonable requirements to
assure  soundness  of  credit  extended.

The  FRB's risk-based capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies and
state  member  banks,  discussed  in  more  detail  below  (see "SUPERVISION AND
REGULATION  -  THE  BANK  -  RECENT  LEGISLATION  AND  REGULATORY  CHANGES  - 3.
Risk-Based  Capital  Guidelines"),  assign various risk percentages to different
categories  of  assets,  and capital is measured as a percentage of risk assets.
While  in  many  cases  total  risk  assets  calculated  in  accordance with the
guidelines  is less than total assets calculated absent the rating, certain non-
balance  sheet  assets, including loans sold with recourse, legally binding loan
commitments  and standby letters of credit, are treated as risk assets, with the
assigned  rate varying with the type of asset.  As a result, it is possible that
total  risk  assets  for  purposes  of the guidelines exceeds total assets under
generally accepted accounting principles, thereby reducing the capital-to-assets
ratio.    Under the terms of the guidelines, bank holding companies are expected
to meet capital adequacy guidelines based both on total assets and on total risk
assets.

The Company is also a bank holding company within the meaning of Section 3700 of
the  California  Financial  Code.  As such, the Company and its subsidiaries are
subject  to  examination  by,  and  may  be  required  to file reports with, the
Commissioner.    Regulations  have  not  yet  been  proposed or adopted or steps
otherwise  taken  to  implement  the  Commissioner's  powers under this statute.

                                       26
<PAGE>

SUPERVISION  AND  REGULATION  -  THE  BANK

GENERAL.    The  Bank  is  organized  under the laws of the United States.  As a
- -------
national  bank  whose  deposits  are  insured  by  the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation  (the  "FDIC") up to the maximum extent provided by law, the Bank is
subject  to  supervision,  examination  and  regulation  by  the  Office  of the
Comptroller  of  the  Currency  (the  "OCC").    The Bank's primary federal bank
regulatory agency is the OCC but the Bank is also subject to certain regulations
of  the  FDIC.    The  regulations  of these agencies govern most aspects of the
Bank's  business,  including capital adequacy ratios, reserves against deposits,
restrictions  on  the  rate  of  interest  which  may  be  paid  on some deposit
instruments,  limitations  on  the nature and amount of loans which may be made,
the  location  of  branch  offices,  borrowings,  and  dividends.   Supervision,
regulation  and examination of the Bank by the regulatory agencies are generally
intended  to  protect  depositors and are not intended for the protection of the
Bank's  shareholders.

RECENT  LEGISLATION  AND  REGULATORY  CHANGES.
- ---------------------------------------------

 .INTRODUCTION
 ------------

General.    From  time  to time legislation is proposed or enacted which has the
- -------
effect  of  increasing  the  cost of doing business and changing the competitive
balance  between  banks  and  other  financial  and  non-financial institutions.
Various  federal  laws  enacted over the past several years have provided, among
other things, for the maintenance of mandatory reserves with the Federal Reserve
Bank  on  deposits  by  depository institutions (state reserve requirements have
been  eliminated); the phasing-out of the restrictions on the amount of interest
which  financial  institutions  may pay on certain of their customers' accounts;
and  the  authorization  of  various  types of new deposit accounts, such as NOW
accounts,  "Money Market Deposit" accounts and "Super NOW" accounts, designed to
be  competitive  with  money market mutual funds and other types of accounts and
services  offered  by  various  financial  and  non-financial institutions.  The
lending  authority  and  permissible  activities  of  certain non-bank financial
institutions  such  as savings and loan associations and credit unions have been
expanded,  and  federal regulators have been given increased authority and means
for  providing  financial  assistance to insured depository institutions and for
effecting  interstate  and  cross-industry  mergers  and acquisitions of failing
institutions.   These laws have generally had the effect of altering competitive
relationships  existing  among  financial  institutions, reducing the historical
distinctions  between  the  services  offered  by  banks,  savings  and  loan
associations  and other financial institutions, and increasing the cost of funds
to  banks  and  other  depository  institutions.

Other  legislation  has  been  proposed  or  is pending before the United States
Congress  which  would  effect  the  financial  institutions  industry.    Such
legislation  includes  wide-ranging  proposals  to  further alter the structure,
regulation and competitive relationships of the nation's financial institutions,
to  reorganize  the  federal  regulatory structure of the financial institutions
industry,  to  subject banks to increased disclosure and reporting requirements,
and  to  expand  the  range  of  financial services which banks and bank holding
companies  can provide.  Other proposals which have been introduced or are being
discussed  would  equalize  the  relative  powers  of  savings  and loan holding
companies  and  bank  holding companies, and authorize such holding companies to
engage  in  insurance  underwriting  and  brokerage, real estate development and
brokerage, and certain securities activities, including underwriting and dealing
in  United States Government securities and municipal securities, sponsoring and
managing  investment  companies  and  underwriting  the  securities thereof.  It
cannot  be  predicted  whether  or  in  what form any of these proposals will be
adopted,  or to what extent they will effect the various entities comprising the
financial  institutions  industry.

Certain  of  the  potentially significant changes which have been enacted in the
past  several  years  are  discussed  below.

Interstate Banking.  The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency
- ------------------
Act of 1994 (the "Riegle-Neal Act"), enacted on September 29, 1994, repealed the
McFadden  Act of 1927, which required states to decide whether national or state
banks could enter their state, and, effective June 1, 1997, allows banks to open
branches across state lines.  The Riegle-Neal Act also repealed the 1956 Douglas
Amendment to the Bank Holding Company Act, which placed the same requirements on
bank  holding  companies.   The repeal of the Douglas Amendment made it possible
for  bank  holding  companies  to  buy  out-of-state  banks  in  any state after
September  29,  1995,  which,  after  June  1,  1997,  may now be converted into
interstate  branches.

                                       27
<PAGE>

The  Riegle-Neal  Act  permitted interstate banking to begin effective September
29,  1995.    The amendment to the Bank Holding Company Act permits bank holding
companies  to  acquire  banks in other states provided that the acquisition does
not  result  in the bank holding company controlling more than 10 percent of the
deposits  in  the  United  States, or 30 percent of the deposits in the state in
which  the  bank  to  be acquired is located.  However, the Riegle-Neal Act also
provides  that states have the authority to waive the state concentration limit.
Individual  states may also require that the bank being acquired be in existence
for  up  to  five  years before an out-of-state bank or bank holding company may
acquire  it.

The  Riegle-Neal Act provides that, since June 1, 1997, interstate branching and
merging  of  existing  banks  is permitted, provided that the banks are at least
adequately  capitalized and demonstrate good management.  Interstate mergers and
branch  acquisitions  were  permitted  at an earlier time if the state choose to
enact  a  law  allowing such activity.  The states were also authorized to enact
laws  to  permit  interstate  banks  to  branch  de  novo.

On  September  28,  1995, the California Interstate Banking and Branching Act of
1995  ("CIBBA")  was enacted and signed into law.  CIBBA authorized out-of-state
banks to enter California by the acquisition of or merger with a California bank
that  has  been in existence for at least 5 years, unless the California bank is
in  danger  of failing or in certain other emergency situations.  CIBBA allows a
California  state  bank  to  have  agency  relationships  with  affiliated  and
unaffiliated  insured  depository institutions and allows a bank subsidiary of a
bank  holding  company  to  act  as  an  agent  to  receive deposits, renew time
deposits,  service  loans  and  receive  payments  for  a depository institution
affiliate.

Proposed  Expansion  of  Securities  Underwriting Authority.  Various bills have
- -----------------------------------------------------------
been introduced in the United States Congress which would expand, to a lesser or
greater  degree and subject to various conditions and limitations, the authority
of  bank holding companies to engage in the activity of underwriting and dealing
in  securities.    Some of these bills would authorize securities firms (through
the  holding  company  structure)  to  own  banks, which could result in greater
competition between banks and securities firms.  No prediction can be made as to
whether  any  of  these  bills  will be passed by the United States Congress and
enacted  into  law, what provisions such a bill might contain, or what effect it
might  have  on  the  Bank.

Expansion  of  Investment  Opportunities  for  California State-Chartered Banks.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legislation  enacted  by  the State of California has substantially expanded the
authority  of  California  state-chartered  banks  to  invest  in  real  estate,
corporate  stock and other corporate securities.  National banks are governed in
these  areas  by  federal law, the provisions of which are more restrictive than
California  law.    However,  provisions  of  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation  Improvement  Act  of  1991, discussed below, limit state-authorized
activities  to  that  available  to national banks, unless approved by the FDIC.

Recent  Accounting    Pronouncements:    In March 1997, the Financial Accounting
- -------------------------------------
Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued  SFAS  No.  128,  "Earnings  per Share." This
statement  establishes standards for computing and presenting earnings per share
("EPS") and applies to all entities with publicly held common stock or potential
common  stock. This statement replaces the presentation of primary EPS and fully
diluted  EPS  with  a  presentation  of basic EPS and diluted EPS, respectively.
Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income applicable to
common stockholders by the weighted -average number of common shares outstanding
for the period. Similar to fully diluted EPS, diluted EPS reflects the potential
dilution  of  securities  that  could  share in the earnings. Restatement of all
prior  period EPS data presented is required. This statement was adopted for the
year  ended  December  31,  1997, and is reflected in the Company's consolidated
financial  statements.  The  adoption  of this statement did not have a material
impact  on  the  Company's  consolidated financial statements for the year ended
December  31,  1997.

In  August  1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 129, "Disclosure of Information about
Capital  Structure."  This  statement  establishes  standards  for  disclosing
information  about  capital structure, including pertinent rights and privileges
of  various  securities  outstanding.  SFAS  No.  129 is effective for financial
statements  for periods ending after December 15, 1997. The Company adopted this
statement  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1997,  and  is reflected in the
Company's consolidated financial statements.  the adoption of this statement did
not  have  a  material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1997.

                                       28
<PAGE>

In  June  1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income,"
effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning after December 15, 1997. This statement
requires  that  all  items  that  are required to be recognized under accounting
standards  as  components  of  comprehensive  income  be reported in a financial
statement  that  is  displayed  with  the  same  prominence  as  other financial
statements.  This  Statement  further  requires that an entity display an amount
representing  total  comprehensive  income  for  the  period  in  that financial
statement.  This  Statement also requires that an entity classify items of other
comprehensive  income  by  their  nature  in a financial statement. For example,
other  comprehensive  income may include foreign currency items, minimum pension
liability  adjustments,  and  unrealized  gains  and  losses on certain debt and
equity securities. Reclassification of financial statements for earlier periods,
provided  for  comparative  purposes,  is  required. Based on current accounting
standards,  this  Statement  is  not  expected  to have a material impact on the
Company's  consolidated  financial  statements.

In  June  1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise  and  Related  Information,"  effective  for financial statements for
periods  beginning after December 15, 1997. This statement establishes standards
for  reporting  information  about  operating  segments  in  annual  financial
statements  and  requires  that  enterprises  report  selected information about
operating  segments in interim financial reports issued to shareholders. It also
establishes  standards  for  related  disclosures  about  products and services,
geographic  areas  and major customers. This statement is not expected to have a
material  impact  on  the  Company's  financial  statements.

Reclassifications - Certain amounts in the accompanying financial statements for
1996  and  1995  have  been  reclassified  to  conform to the 1997 presentation.

2.          FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS REFORM, RECOVERY, AND ENFORCEMENT ACT OF 1989
            --------------------------------------------------------------------

General.    On  August 9, 1989, the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and
- -------
Enforcement  Act  of  1989 ("FIRREA") was signed into law.  This legislation has
resulted  in  major changes in the regulation of insured financial institutions,
including  significant  changes  in  the  authority  of  government  agencies to
regulate  insured  financial  institutions.

Under  FIRREA,  the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation ("FSLIC") and
the  Federal  Home Loan Bank Board were abolished and the FDIC was authorized to
insure  savings  associations,  including  federal  savings  associations, state
chartered  savings and loans and other corporations determined to be operated in
substantially  the same manner as a savings association.  FIRREA established two
deposit  insurance funds to be administered by the FDIC.  The money in these two
funds is separately maintained and not commingled.  The FDIC Permanent Insurance
Fund  was  replaced by the Bank Insurance Fund (the "BIF") and the FSLIC deposit
insurance  fund  was  replaced  by  the  Savings Association Insurance Fund (the
"SAIF").

Deposit  Insurance  Assessments.   Under FIRREA, the premium assessments made on
- -------------------------------
banks  and  savings associations for deposit insurance were initially increased,
with  rates  set  separately  for  banks  and  savings  associations, subject to
statutory restrictions.  The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990, designed
to  address the federal budget deficit, increased the insurance assessment rates
for members of the BIF and the SAIF over that provided by FIRREA, and eliminated
FIRREA's  maximum  reserve-ratio  constraints  on  the BIF.  The FDIC raised BIF
premiums  to  23    per  $100 in insured deposits for 1993 from a base of 12  in
1990.

Effective  January 1, 1994, the FDIC implemented a risk-based assessment system,
under which an institution's premium assessment is based on the probability that
the  deposit  insurance  fund will incur a loss with respect to the institution,
the  likely  amount of such loss, and the revenue needs of the deposit insurance
fund.    As  long  as  BIF's  reserve ratio is less than a specified "designated
reserve  ratio,"  1.25%,  the  total  amount  raised  from  BIF  members  by the
risk-based  assessment  system  may  not  be  less than the amount that would be
raised  if  the assessment rate for all BIF members were 23  per $100 in insured
deposits.  The FDIC determined that the designated reserve ratio was achieved on
May 31, 1995.  Accordingly, on August 8, 1995, the FDIC issued final regulations
adopting  an  assessment  rate schedule for BIF members of 4  to 31  per $100 in
insured  deposits that became effective June 1, 1995.  On November 14, 1995, the
FDIC further reduced the BIF assessment rates by 4  so that effective January 1,
1996,  the premiums ranged from zero to 27  per $100 in insured deposits, but in
any  event  not  less  than  $2,000  per  year.

                                       29
<PAGE>

Under  the  risk-based  assessment  system, a BIF member institution such as the
Bank  is  categorized  into  one  of three capital categories (well capitalized,
adequately  capitalized, and undercapitalized) and one of three categories based
on supervisory evaluations by its primary federal regulator (in the Bank's case,
the Comptroller).  The three supervisory categories are:  financially sound with
only a few minor weaknesses (Group A), demonstrates weaknesses that could result
in  significant  deterioration (Group B), and poses a substantial probability of
loss  (Group  C).    The  capital  ratios  used  by  the  Comptroller  to define
well-capitalized, adequately capitalized and undercapitalized are the same as in
the  Comptroller's  prompt corrective action regulations (discussed below).  The
BIF  assessment  rates  since  January  1, 1997 are summarized below; assessment
figures  are  expressed  in  terms  of  cents  per  $100  in  insured  deposits.

Assessment  Rates  Effective  January  1,  1997
- -----------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           Supervisory  Group
                           ------------------

Capital Group           Group A  Group B  Group C
- ----------------------  -------  -------  -------
<S>                     <C>      <C>      <C>
Well Capitalized . . .        0        3       17
Adequately Capitalized        3       10       24
Undercapitalized . . .       10       24       27
</TABLE>

The  Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996, signed into law on September 30, 1996,
eliminated  the  minimum assessment, commencing with the fourth quarter of 1996.
In addition, after December 31, 1996, banks are required to share in the payment
of  interest  on  Financing Corp. ("FICO") bonds.  Previously, the FICO debt was
paid  out  of  the  SAIF  assessment  base.  The  assessments imposed on insured
depository  institutions  with  respect  to  any  BIF-assessable deposit will be
assessed  at  a  rate  equal  to  1/5  of the rate of the assessments imposed on
insured  depository  institutions  with  respect to any SAIF-assessable deposit.
Although  the FICO assessment rates are annual rates, they are subject to change
quarterly.    For  the  first quarter of 1997, the SAIF-FICO assessment rate was
6.48    per $100 in insured deposits.  Accordingly, the BIF-FICO assessment rate
was  1.296    per $100 in insured deposits.  For the second quarter of 1997, the
SAIF-FICO assessment rate was 6.5  per $100 in insured deposits and the BIF-FICO
assessment rate was 1.3  per $100 in insured deposits.  For the third quarter of
1997,  the  SAIF- FICO assessment rate was 6.3  and the BIF-FICO assessment rate
was  1.26  .   For the fourth quarter of 1997, the SAIF-FICO assessment rate was
6.32   and the BIF-FICO assessment rate was 1.264 .  Since the FICO bonds do not
mature  until the year 2019, it is conceivable that banks will continue to share
in  the  payment  of  the  interest  on  the  bonds  until  then.

With  certain  limited  exceptions,  FIRREA  prohibits  a bank from changing its
status  as  an  insured  depository  institution  with  the  BIF to the SAIF and
prohibits  a  savings  association  from  changing  its  status  as  an  insured
depository  institution  with the SAIF to the BIF, without the prior approval of
the  FDIC.

FDIC  Receiverships.   Pursuant to FIRREA, the FDIC may be appointed conservator
- -------------------
or  receiver  of  any  insured bank or savings association.  In addition, FIRREA
authorized  the  FDIC  to  appoint itself as sole conservator or receiver of any
insured  state  bank  or  savings  association  for  any,  among  others, of the
following  reasons:  (i)  insolvency  of  such  institution;  (ii)  substantial
dissipation  of  assets or earnings due to any violation of law or regulation or
any unsafe or unsound practice; (iii) an unsafe or unsound condition to transact
business,  including  substantially  insufficient capital or otherwise; (iv) any
willful  violation  of  a cease and desist order which has become final; (v) any
concealment  of  books,  papers,  records or assets of the institution; (vi) the
likelihood  that  the  institution  will  not be able to meet the demands of its
depositors  or  pay  its obligations in the normal course of business; (vii) the
incurrence  or  likely incurrence of losses by the institution that will deplete
all  or  substantially  all  of  its capital with no reasonable prospect for the
replenishment  of  the  capital  without  federal  assistance;  and  (viii)  any
violation  of  any  law  or  regulation,  or  an  unsafe  or unsound practice or
condition  which  is  likely  to  cause insolvency or substantial dissipation of
assets  or  earnings, or is likely to weaken the condition of the institution or
otherwise  seriously  prejudice  the  interest  of  its  depositors.

                                       30
<PAGE>

As a receiver of any insured depository institution, the FDIC may liquidate such
institution  in  an orderly manner and make such other disposition of any matter
concerning  such  institution as the FDIC determines is in the best interests of
such  institution,  its depositors and the FDIC.  Further, the FDIC shall as the
conservator  or  receiver,  by  operation of law, succeed to all rights, titles,
powers  and  privileges  of  the  insured  institution,  and of any stockholder,
member,  account holder, depositor, officer or director of such institution with
respect  to the institution and the assets of the institution; may take over the
assets  of  and  operate  such institution with all the powers of the members or
shareholders,  directors  and  the  officers  of the institution and conduct all
business  of  the  institution;  collect  all  obligations  and money due to the
institution  and  preserve;  and  conserve  the  assets  and  property  of  such
institution.

Enforcement  Powers.  Some of the most significant provisions of FIRREA were the
- -------------------
expansion  of  regulatory  enforcement  powers.    FIRREA  has given the federal
regulatory  agencies  broader  and  stronger  enforcement authorities reaching a
wider  range  of  persons and entities.  Some of those provisions included those
which:  (i)  expanded  the  category of persons subject to enforcement under the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act;  (ii)  expanded  the scope of cease and desist
orders  and  provided  for  the issuance of a temporary cease and desist orders;
(iii) provided for the suspension and removal of wrongdoers on an expanded basis
and  on  an  industry-wide  basis;  (iv) prohibited the participation of persons
suspended  or  removed or convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of
trust  from  serving  in  another  insured  institution; (v) required regulatory
approval  of  new directors and senior executive officers in certain cases; (vi)
provided  protection  from  retaliation against "whistleblowers" and establishes
rewards  for  "whistleblowers"  in  certain enforcement actions resulting in the
recovery  of  money;  (vii)  required  the  regulators  to  publicize  all final
enforcement  orders;  (viii)  required  each  insured  financial  institution to
provide  its independent auditor with its most recent Report of Condition ("Call
Report");  (ix)  significantly  increased  the  penalties  for  failure  to file
accurate  and  timely  Call Reports; and (x) provided for extensive increases in
the amounts and circumstances for assessment of civil money penalties, civil and
criminal  forfeiture  and  other  civil  and  criminal  fines  and  penalties.

Crime  Control  Act of 1990.  The Crime Control Act of 1990 further strengthened
- ---------------------------
the  authority  of federal regulators to enforce capital requirements, increased
civil  and  criminal  penalties  for  financial  fraud,  and  enacted provisions
allowing  the  FDIC  to  regulate  or prohibit certain forms of golden parachute
benefits  and  indemnification  payments  to officers and directors of financial
institutions.

2.          RISK-BASED  CAPITAL  GUIDELINES
            -------------------------------

The  federal  banking  agencies  have established risk-based capital guidelines.
The  risk- based capital guidelines include both a new definition of capital and
a  framework  for  calculating  risk  weighted    assets by assigning assets and
off-balance  sheet  items  to broad credit risk categories.  A bank's risk-based
capital ratio is calculated by dividing its qualifying capital (the numerator of
the  ratio)  by  its  risk  weighted  assets  (the  denominator  of  the ratio).

A  bank's  qualifying total capital consists of two types of capital components:
"core  capital  elements" (comprising Tier 1 capital) and "supplementary capital
elements"  (comprising  Tier  2  capital).    The  Tier  1 component of a bank's
qualifying  capital  must represent at least 50% of qualifying total capital and
may  consist  of  the following items that are defined as core capital elements:
(i)  common  stockholders'  equity;  (ii)  qualifying  noncumulative  perpetual
preferred  stock (including related surplus); and (iii) minority interest in the
equity  accounts of consolidated subsidiaries.  The Tier 2 component of a bank's
qualifying  total  capital may consist of the following items: (i) allowance for
loan  and  lease losses (subject to limitations); (ii) perpetual preferred stock
and  related  surplus  (subject to conditions); (iii) hybrid capital instruments
(as  defined)  and  mandatory  convertible  debt  securities;  and  (iv)  term
subordinated  debt  and  intermediate-term  preferred  stock,  including related
surplus  (subject  to  limitations).

Assets  and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items are assigned to
one of several broad risk categories, according to the obligor, or, if relevant,
the  guarantor  or  the nature of collateral.  The aggregate dollar value of the
amount  in  each  category is then multiplied by the risk weight associated with
that  category.   The resulting weighted values from each of the risk categories
are  added  together, and this sum is the bank's total risk weighted assets that
comprise  the  denominator  of  the  risk-based  capital  ratio.

                                       31
<PAGE>

Risk  weights  for  all  off-balance  sheet  items  are determined by a two-step
process.   First, the "credit equivalent amount" of off-balance sheet items such
as  letters  of credit and recourse arrangements is determined, in most cases by
multiplying  the  off-balance sheet item by a credit conversion factor.  Second,
the  credit  equivalent  amount  is  treated  like  any  balance sheet asset and
generally is assigned to the appropriate risk category according to the obligor,
or,  if  relevant,  the  guarantor  or  the  nature  of  the  collateral.

The  supervisory  standards  set  forth below specify minimum supervisory ratios
based primarily on broad risk considerations.  The risk-based ratios do not take
explicit  account  of the quality of individual asset portfolios or the range of
other  types  of  risks  to  which  banks may be exposed, such as interest rate,
liquidity,  market  or  operational risks.  For this reason, banks are generally
expected  to  operate  with  capital  positions  above  the  minimum  ratios.

All  banks  are  required to meet a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to
risk weighted assets of 8%, of which at least 4% should be in the form of Tier 1
capital  net of goodwill, and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk weighted
assets  of  4%.    The  maximum  amount  of  supplementary capital elements that
qualifies  as  Tier  2  capital  is  limited  to  100%  of Tier 1 capital net of
goodwill.    In  addition,  the combined maximum amount of subordinated debt and
intermediate-term preferred stock that qualifies as Tier 2 capital is limited to
50%  of  Tier 1 capital.  The maximum amount of the allowance for loan and lease
losses  that  qualifies  as  Tier  2  capital  is limited to 1.25% of gross risk
weighted  assets.    Allowance for loan and lease losses in excess of this limit
may,  of course, be maintained, but would not be included in a bank's risk-based
capital  calculation.

In  addition  to the risk-based guidelines, the federal banking agencies require
all  banks  to  maintain  a  minimum  amount  of Tier 1 capital to total assets,
referred  to as the leverage ratio.  For a bank rated in the highest of the five
categories  used by regulators to rate banks, the minimum leverage ratio of Tier
1  capital  to  total  assets  is  3%.    For all banks not rated in the highest
category,  the minimum leverage ratio must be at least 4% to 5%.  In addition to
these  uniform  risk-based  capital  guidelines  and  leverage ratios that apply
across  the  industry,  the  regulators  have  the  discretion to set individual
minimum  capital  requirements  for specific institutions at rates significantly
above  the  minimum  guidelines  and  ratios.

In  December,  1993,  the  federal banking agencies issued an interagency policy
statement  on the allowance for loan and lease losses which, among other things,
establishes certain benchmark ratios of loan loss reserves to classified assets.
The  benchmark  set  forth  by  the  policy  statement is the sum of: (a) assets
classified  loss;  (b)  50%  of  assets  classified  doubtful; (c) 15% of assets
classified substandard; and (d) estimated credit losses on other assets over the
upcoming  twelve  months.

The  federal  banking  agencies  have  recently revised their risk-based capital
rules  to  take  account  of  concentrations  of  credit  and  the  risks  of
non-traditional activities.  Concentrations of credit refers to situations where
a  lender  has  a  relatively  large proportion of loans involving one borrower,
industry,  location,  collateral  or  loan type.  Non-traditional activities are
considered those that have not customarily been part of the banking business but
that  start  to  be  conducted  as  a  result  of  developments in, for example,
technology or financial markets.  The regulations require institutions with high
or  inordinate  levels of risk to operate with higher minimum capital standards.
The  federal  banking  agencies  also  are authorized to review an institution's
management  of  concentrations  of credit risk for adequacy and consistency with
safety  and soundness standards regarding internal controls, credit underwriting
or  other  operational  and  managerial  areas.

Further,  the  banking  agencies  recently  have  adopted  modifications  to the
risk-based  capital rules to include standards for interest rate risk exposures.
Interest  rate  risk is the exposure of a bank's current and future earnings and
equity capital arising from adverse movements in interest rates.  While interest
rate  risk is inherent in a bank's role as financial intermediary, it introduces
volatility  to bank earnings and to the economic value of the bank.  The banking
agencies  have  addressed  this  problem  by implementing changes to the capital
standards  to include a bank's exposure to declines in the economic value of its
capital  due  to changes in interest rates as a factor that the banking agencies
will  consider  in evaluating an institution's capital adequacy.  Bank examiners
consider  a bank's historical financial performance and its earnings exposure to
interest rate movements as well as qualitative factors such as the adequacy of a
bank's  internal  interest  rate  risk management.  The federal banking agencies
recently  considered  adopting  a  uniform  supervisory  framework  for  all
institutions  to  measure  and assess each bank's exposure to interest rate risk
and  establish  an  explicit  capital  charge  based  on  the assessed risk, but
ultimately  elected  not to adopt such a uniform framework.  Even without such a
uniform  framework, however, each bank's interest rate risk exposure is assessed
by  its  primary  federal  regulator  on  an individualized basis, and it may be
required  by  the regulator to hold additional capital for interest rate risk if
it has a significant exposure to interest rate risk or a weak interest rate risk
management  process.

                                       32
<PAGE>

Effective  April  1, 1995, the federal banking agencies issued rules which limit
the  amount  of  deferred  tax  assets  that are allowable in computing a bank's
regulatory  capital.   The standard had been in effect on an interim basis since
March,  1993.   Deferred tax assets that can be realized for taxes paid in prior
carryback  years  and  from  future  reversals  of  existing  taxable  temporary
differences  are  generally  not  limited.  Deferred tax assets that can only be
realized  through  future  taxable  earnings  are limited for regulatory capital
purposes  to  the lesser of: (i) the amount that can be realized within one year
of  the  quarter-end  report date; or (ii) 10% of Tier 1 capital.  The amount of
any  deferred tax in excess of this limit would be excluded from Tier 1 capital,
total  assets  and  regulatory  capital  calculations.

3.          FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION  IMPROVEMENT  ACT  OF  1991
            --------------------------------------------------------------------

General.    The  Federal  Deposit  Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991
- -------
("FDICIA")  was  signed into law on December 19, 1991.  FDICIA recapitalized the
FDIC's  Bank Insurance Fund, granted broad authorization to the FDIC to increase
deposit  insurance  premium  assessments  and  to borrow from other sources, and
continued  the expansion of regulatory enforcement powers, along with many other
significant  changes.

Prompt  Corrective  Action.    FDICIA  established  five  categories  of  bank
- ---------------------------
capitalization:  "well  capitalized,"  "adequately  capitalized,"
"undercapitalized,"  "significantly  undercapitalized,"  and  "critically
undercapitalized"  and  mandated  the  establishment  of  a  system  of  "prompt
corrective  action"  for institutions falling into the lower capital categories.
Under  FDICIA,  banks are prohibited from paying dividends or management fees to
controlling  persons  or entities if, after making the payment the bank would be
undercapitalized, that is, the bank fails to meet the required minimum level for
any  relevant capital measure.  Asset growth and branching restrictions apply to
undercapitalized  banks,  which  are required to submit acceptable capital plans
guaranteed  by  its  holding  company,  if  any.  Broad regulatory authority was
granted  with  respect to significantly undercapitalized banks, including forced
mergers,  growth  restrictions,  ordering  new  elections for directors, forcing
divestiture  by  its  holding company, if any, requiring management changes, and
prohibiting  the  payment  of  bonuses  to  senior management.  Even more severe
restrictions  are  applicable  to  critically undercapitalized banks, those with
capital  at  or  less  than  2%,  including  the  appointment  of  a receiver or
conservator  after  90  days,  even  if  the  bank  is  still  solvent.

The  federal banking agencies have promulgated substantially similar regulations
to  implement this system of prompt corrective action.  Under the regulations, a
bank  shall be deemed to be: (i) "well capitalized" if it has a total risk-based
capital ratio of 10.0% or more, has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or
more,  has  a  leverage  capital  ratio  of  5.0%  or more and is not subject to
specified  requirements  to  meet  and maintain a specific capital level for any
capital  measure;  (ii)  "adequately  capitalized"  if it has a total risk-based
capital ratio of 8.0% or more, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or more
and  a leverage capital ratio of 4.0% or more (3.0% under certain circumstances)
and does not meet the definition of "well capitalized"; (iii) "undercapitalized"
if  it  has  a  total  risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier 1
risk-  based  capital  ratio that is less than 4.0%, or a leverage capital ratio
that  is  less than 4.0% (3.0% under certain circumstances); (iv) "significantly
undercapitalized"  if  it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than
6.0%,  a  Tier  1  risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3.0% or a leverage
capital  ratio  that is less than 3.0%; and (v) "critically undercapitalized" if
it  has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than
2.0%.

FDICIA  and  the  implementing  regulations  also provide that a federal banking
agency  may,  after  notice  and an opportunity for a hearing, reclassify a well
capitalized  institution as adequately capitalized and may require an adequately
capitalized  institution  or  an  undercapitalized  institution  to  comply with
supervisory  actions as if it were in the next lower category if the institution
is  in  an  unsafe  or  unsound  condition  or  engaging in an unsafe or unsound
practice.    (The  federal  banking  agency  may  not,  however,  reclassify  a
significantly  undercapitalized  institution  as  critically  undercapitalized.)

Operational Standards.  FDICIA also granted the regulatory agencies authority to
- ---------------------
prescribe  standards  relating  to internal controls, credit underwriting, asset
growth  and  compensation, among others, and required the regulatory agencies to
promulgate  regulations  prohibiting  excessive  compensation  or  fees.    Many
regulations  have  been  adopted  by  the regulatory agencies to implement these
provisions  and  subsequent  legislation  (the Riegal Community Development Act,
discussed  below)  gave  the  regulatory  agencies the option of prescribing the
safety  and  soundness  standards  as  guidelines  rather  than  regulations.

                                       33
<PAGE>

Regulatory Accounting Reports.  Each bank with $500 million or more in assets is
- -----------------------------
required  to  submit  an annual report to the FDIC, as well as any other federal
banking  agency  with authority over the bank, and any appropriate state banking
agency;  in  the  Bank's  case,  the  OCC.  This report must contain a statement
regarding management's responsibilities for: (i) preparing financial statements;
(ii)  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  controls;  and  (iii)
complying  with  applicable  laws  and  regulations.    In addition to having an
audited  financial  statement  by  an  independent  accounting firm on an annual
basis, the accounting firm must determine and report as to whether the financial
statements  are  presented  fairly  and  in  accordance  with generally accepted
accounting  principles  and  comply  with  other  requirements of the applicable
federal  banking  authority.    In  addition, the accountants must attest to and
report  to  the  regulators  separately on management's compliance with internal
controls.

Truth  in  Savings.    FDICIA further established a new truth in savings scheme,
- ------------------
providing  for  clear  and  uniform  disclosure of terms and conditions on which
interest  is  paid  and fees are assessed on deposits.  The FRB's Regulation DD,
implementing  the  Truth  in  Savings  Act,  became  effective  June  21,  1993.

Brokered  Deposits.   Effective June 16, 1992, FDICIA placed restrictions on the
- ------------------
ability  of  banks  to  obtain  brokered deposits or to solicit and pay interest
rates  on  deposits that are significantly higher than prevailing rates.  FDICIA
provides  that  a  bank  may  not  accept,  renew or roll over brokered deposits
unless:  (i)  it is "well capitalized"; or (ii) it is adequately capitalized and
receives a waiver from the FDIC permitting it to accept brokered deposits paying
an interest rate not in excess of 75 basis points over certain prevailing market
rates.    FDIC  regulations  define  brokered  deposits  to  include any deposit
obtained,  directly  or  indirectly,  from any person engaged in the business of
placing  deposits  with,  or  selling  interests  in  deposits  of,  an  insured
depository  institution,  as  well  as  any  deposit  obtained  by  a depository
institution  that  is not "well capitalized" for regulatory purposes by offering
rates  significantly  higher  (generally  more  than  75  basis points) than the
prevailing  interest  rates  offered  by  depository  institutions  in  such
institution's  normal  market  area.      In  addition  to these restrictions on
acceptance  of  brokered  deposits, FDICIA provides that no pass-through deposit
insurance  will  be  provided  to  employee benefit plan deposits accepted by an
institution which is ineligible to accept brokered deposits under applicable law
and  regulations.

Lending.    New regulations have been issued in the area of real estate lending,
- -------
prescribing standards for extensions of credit that are secured by real property
or  made  for the purpose of the construction of a building or other improvement
to  real estate.  In addition, the aggregate of all loans to executive officers,
directors  and  principal  shareholders and related interests may now not exceed
100%  (200%  in  some  circumstances)  of  the depository institution's capital.

State  Authorized Activities.   The new legislation also created restrictions on
- ----------------------------
activities  authorized  under  state law.  FDICIA generally restricts activities
through  subsidiaries  to  those permissible for national banks, unless the FDIC
has  determined that such activities would pose no risk to the insurance fund of
which  it  is  a member and the bank is in compliance with applicable regulatory
capital  requirements,  thereby  effectively  eliminating real estate investment
authorized under California law, and provided for a five-year divestiture period
for  impermissible  investments.  Insurance activities were also limited, except
to  the  extent  permissible  for  national  banks.

5.          RIEGLE  COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND REGULATORY IMPROVEMENT ACT OF 1994
            --------------------------------------------------------------------

The  Riegle  Community  Development  and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994 (the
"1994  Act"),  which  has  been  viewed  as  the most important piece of banking
legislation since the enactment of  FDICIA, was signed into law on September 23,
1994.    In  addition  to providing funding for the establishment of a Community
Development  Financial Institutions Fund (the "Fund"), which provides assistance
to  new  and existing community development lenders to help to meet the needs of
low-  and  moderate-income communities and groups, the 1994 Act mandated changes
to a wide range of banking regulations.  These changes included modifications to
the  publication  requirements  for  Call  Reports,  less  frequent  regulatory
examination schedules for small institutions, small business and commercial real
estate  loan  securitization,  amendments  to  the money laundering and currency
transaction reporting requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act, clarification of the
coverage  of  the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act for business, commercial
and  agricultural  real  estate secured transactions, amendments to the national
flood  insurance  program, and amendments to the Truth in Lending Act to provide
greater  protection  for  consumers  by  reducing  discrimination  against  the
disadvantaged.

                                       34
<PAGE>

The  "Paperwork Reduction and Regulatory Improvement Act," Title III of the 1994
Act,  required  the  federal  banking  agencies  to  consider the administrative
burdens  that  new  regulations will impose before their adoption and requires a
transition  period  in  order to provide adequate time for compliance.  This Act
also requires the federal banking agencies to work together to establish uniform
regulations  and guidelines as well as to work together to eliminate duplicative
or  unnecessary  requests  for  information  in  connection with applications or
notices.    This  act  reduces  the  frequency  of  examinations  for well-rated
institutions,  simplifies  the  quarterly  Call  Reports  and  eliminated  the
requirement  that  financial  institutions  publish  their Call Reports in local
newspapers.  This Act also established an internal regulatory appeal process and
independent  ombudsman  to  provide  a  means for review of material supervisory
determinations.    The  Paperwork  Reduction and Regulatory Improvement Act also
amended  the Bank Holding Company Act and Securities Act of 1933 to simplify the
formation  of  bank  holding  companies.

Title  IV of the 1994 Act amended the Bank Secrecy Act by reducing the reporting
requirements  imposed on financial institutions for large currency transactions,
expanding  the  ability  of  financial institutions to provide exemptions to the
reporting  requirements  for  businesses that regularly deal in large amounts of
currency,  and  providing  for the delegation of civil money penalty enforcement
from  the  Treasury  Department  to  the  individual  federal  banking agencies.

6.          SAFETY  AND  SOUNDNESS  STANDARDS
            ---------------------------------

In  July,  1995,  the  federal  banking  agencies  adopted  final  guidelines
establishing  standards  for safety and soundness, as required by FDICIA and the
1994  Act.    The  guidelines  set  forth  operational  and managerial standards
relating  to  internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems,
loan  documentation,  credit  underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth
and  compensation, fees and benefits.  Guidelines for asset quality and earnings
standards  will  be  adopted in the future.  The guidelines establish the safety
and  soundness  standards  that  the  agencies  will use to identify and address
problems  at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If
an  institution  fails  to  comply  with  a  safety  and soundness standard, the
appropriate  federal  banking  agency  may  require  the institution to submit a
compliance  plan.    Failure  to  submit  a  compliance  plan or to implement an
accepted  plan  may  result  in  enforcement  action.

The  federal  banking agencies issued regulations prescribing uniform guidelines
for  real  estate  lending.    The  regulations  require  insured  depository
institutions  to  adopt written policies establishing standards, consistent with
such  guidelines, for extensions of credit secured by real estate.  The policies
must address loan portfolio management, underwriting standards and loan to value
limits  that do not exceed the supervisory limits prescribed by the regulations.

Appraisals for "real estate related financial transactions" must be conducted by
either  state  certified or state licensed appraisers for transactions in excess
of  certain  amounts.    State  certified  appraisers  are  required  for  all
transactions  with  a  transaction  value  of  $1,000,000  or  more;  for  all
nonresidential  transactions  valued at $250,000 or more; and for "complex" 1- 4
family  residential  properties of $250,000 or more.  A state licensed appraiser
is  required  for  all  other  appraisals.    However,  appraisals  performed in
connection  with  "federally  related  transactions"  must  now  comply with the
agencies' appraisal standards.  Federally related transactions include the sale,
lease,  purchase,  investment  in, or exchange of, real property or interests in
real  property,  the  financing  or refinancing of real property, and the use of
real  property  or  interests  in  real  property  as  security  for  a  loan or
investment,  including  mortgage-backed  securities.

4.          CONSUMER  PROTECTION  LAWS  AND  REGULATIONS
            --------------------------------------------

The  bank  regulatory agencies are focusing greater attention on compliance with
consumer  protection  laws  and their implementing regulations.  Examination and
enforcement  have  become  more intense in nature, and insured institutions have
been  advised  to  monitor carefully compliance with various consumer protection
laws  and  their  implementing  regulations.   Banks are subject to many federal
consumer  protection  laws  and their regulations including, but not limited to,
the  Community  Reinvestment  Act  (the  "CRA"),  the  Truth in Lending Act (the
"TILA"),  the  Fair Housing Act (the "FH Act"), the Equal Credit Opportunity Act
(the  "ECOA"),  the  Home  Mortgage Disclosure Act ("HMDA"), and the Real Estate
Settlement  Procedures  Act  ("RESPA").

                                       35
<PAGE>

The  CRA,  enacted into law in 1977, is intended to encourage insured depository
institutions,  while operating safely and soundly, to help meet the credit needs
of  their communities.  The CRA specifically directs the federal bank regulatory
agencies,  in  examining insured depository institutions, to assess their record
of  helping  to  meet the credit needs of their entire community, including low-
and  moderate-income  neighborhoods,  consistent  with  safe  and  sound banking
practices.    The  CRA  further  requires  the  agencies  to  take  a  financial
institution's  record  of  meeting  its community credit needs into account when
evaluating applications for, among other things, domestic branches, consummating
mergers  or  acquisitions,  or  holding  company  formations.

The  federal  banking  agencies  have adopted regulations which measure a bank's
compliance  with  its  CRA obligations on a performance-based evaluation system.
This  system  bases  CRA  ratings on an institution's actual lending service and
investment  performance rather than the extent to which the institution conducts
needs  assessments,  documents  community  outreach  or  complies  with  other
procedural  requirements.    The  ratings  range  from "outstanding" to a low of
"substantial  noncompliance."

The  ECOA,  enacted  into  law  in  1974, prohibits discrimination in any credit
transaction,  whether  for  consumer or business purposes, on the basis of race,
color,  religion,  national  origin, sex, marital status, age (except in limited
circumstances), receipt of income from public assistance programs, or good faith
exercise  of  any  rights  under  the Consumer Credit Protection Act.  In March,
1994,  the  Federal  Interagency  Task  Force  on  Fair  Lending issued a policy
statement  on  discrimination  in  lending.   The policy statement describes the
three  methods  that  federal  agencies  will use to prove discrimination: overt
evidence  of  discrimination,  evidence  of  disparate treatment and evidence of
disparate  impact.   This means that if a creditor's actions have had the effect
of  discriminating,  the  creditor  may  be  held liable - even when there is no
intent  to  discriminate.

The  FH Act, enacted into law in 1968, regulates may practices, including making
it  unlawful  for  any  lender  to  discriminate  in its housing-related lending
activities against any person because of race, color, religion, national origin,
sex,  handicap,  or familial status.  The FH Act is broadly written and has been
broadly  interpreted  by  the  courts.   A number of lending practices have been
found to be, or may be considered, illegal under the FH Act, including some that
are not specifically mentioned in the FH Act itself.  Among those practices that
have  been  found  to  be,  or  may be considered, illegal under the FH Act are:
declining  a  loan for the purposes of racial discrimination; making excessively
low  appraisals  of  property  based  on  racial  considerations;  pressuring,
discouraging,  or  denying  applications for credit on a prohibited basis; using
excessively  burdensome  qualifications  standards  for  the purpose or with the
effect  of  denying  housing  to  minority applicants; imposing on minority loan
applicants  more  onerous  interest  rates  or  other  terms,  conditions  or
requirements;  and racial steering, or deliberately guiding potential purchasers
to  or  away  from  certain  areas  because  of  race.

The  TILA, enacted into law in 1968, is designed to ensure that credit terms are
disclosed  in  a  meaningful way so that consumers may compare credit terms more
readily and knowledgeably.   As a result of the TILA, all creditors must use the
same  credit  terminology  and expressions of rates, the annual percentage rate,
the  finance  charge,  the  amount  financed, the total payments and the payment
schedule.

HMDA, enacted into law in 1975, grew out of public concern over credit shortages
in  certain  urban  neighborhoods.    One  purpose  of HMDA is to provide public
information  that  will help show whether financial institutions are serving the
housing  credit  needs  of  the  neighborhoods and communities in which they are
located.    HMDA  also  includes  a  "fair  lending"  aspect  that  requires the
collection  and  disclosure of data about applicant and borrower characteristics
as  a  way of identifying possible discriminatory lending patterns and enforcing
anti-discrimination  statutes.    HMDA  requires  institutions  to  report  data
regarding applications for one-to-four family loans, home improvement loans, and
multifamily  loans, as well as information concerning originations and purchases
of  such  types  of  loans.    Federal  bank regulators rely, in part, upon data
provided  under  HMDA  to  determine  whether  depository institutions engage in
discriminatory  lending  practices.

                                       36
<PAGE>

RESPA,  enacted  into  law  in  1974, requires lenders to provide borrowers with
disclosures  regarding  the  nature and costs of real estate settlements.  Also,
RESPA  prohibits  certain  abusive  practices,  such  as  kickbacks,  and places
limitations  on  the  amount  of  escrow  accounts.

Violations  of these various consumer protection laws and regulations can result
in  civil  liability  to  the  aggrieved party, regulatory enforcement including
civil  money  penalties,  and  even  punitive  damages.

8.          CONCLUSION
            ----------

As  a  result of the recent federal and California legislation, there has been a
competitive  impact  on  commercial  banking.  There has been a lessening of the
historical  distinction  between the services offered by banks, savings and loan
associations,  credit  unions,  and  other  financial  institutions,  banks have
experienced  increased  competition  for  deposits and loans which may result in
increases  in  their  cost of funds, and banks have experienced increased costs.
Further,  the federal banking agencies have increased enforcement authority over
banks  and  their  directors  and  officers.
     Future  legislation is also likely to impact the Bank's business.  Consumer
legislation  has  been  proposed  in  Congress  which may require banks to offer
basic,  low-cost,  financial  services  to meet minimum consumer needs.  Various
proposals  to  restructure  the  federal  bank regulatory agencies are currently
pending  in  Congress,  some of which include proposals to expand the ability of
banks  to  engage  in previously prohibited businesses.  Further, the regulatory
agencies  have  proposed  and  may  propose  a wide range of regulatory changes,
including  the  calculation  of  capital adequacy and limiting business dealings
with  affiliates.    These and other legislative and regulatory changes may have
the  impact  of  increasing  the  cost  of  business  or otherwise impacting the
earnings of financial institutions.  However, the degree, timing and full extent
of  the  impact  of  these  proposals  cannot  be  predicted.

ITEM  7A.  QUANTITATIVE  AND  QUALITATIVE  DISCLOSURE  ABOUT  MARKET  RISK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

A  derivative  financial  instrument  includes  futures, forwards, interest rate
swaps,  option  contracts,  and  other  financial  instruments  with  similar
characteristics.  The Company currently does not enter into derivative financial
instruments.  The  Company's primary market risk is interest rate risk. Interest
rate  risk  is  the  potential of economic losses caused by future interest rate
change.  These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest
income  and/or a loss of current fair market values. The objective is to measure
the  effect  on  net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize
the  risks.  Community West Bancshares' exposure to market risk is reviewed on a
regular basis by the Asset/Liability committee. Tools used by management include
the  standard  GAP  report.  The Company has no market risk instruments held for
trading  purposes  except  for  its interest only strip. Management believes the
Company's  market  risk  is  reasonable  at  this  time.

See  "Item  7,  Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results  of  Operations  -  Asset  and  Liability  Management".

The  table  below  provides  information  about  the  Company's  non-derivative
financial  instruments  that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For all
outstanding  financial instruments, the table presents the principle outstanding
balance at December 31, 1997 and the weighted average interest yield/rate of the
instruments  by either the date the instrument can be repriced for variable rate
financial  instruments  or  the  expected maturity date for fixed rate financial
instruments,

                                       37
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                At December 31, 1997
                 Expected maturity dates or repricing dates by year

                                                                            Fair
                                                                            Value
                                                                             at
(Dollars in thousands)      1998    1999   2000   2001   2002    Total    12/31/97
                          --------  -----  -----  -----  -----  --------  ---------
<S>                       <C>       <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>       <C>
Balance sheet financial
instruments:

ASSETS:
Federal Funds Sold        $ 8,440      -      -      -      -   $ 8,440   $   8,440
Average Yield                 5.2%     -      -      -      -       5.2%          -
Time deposits in other
financial institutions      2,477      -      -      -      -     2,477       2,477
Average Yield                 5.8%     -      -      -      -       5.8%          -

Investment securities
- -held to maturity             998      -      -      -      -       998         993
Average yield                 6.0%     -      -      -      -       6.0%          -
Interest only strip         2,529      -      -      -      -     2,529       2,529
Average Yield                  11%     -      -      -      -        11%          -
Servicing Assets              664      -      -      -      -       664         664
Average yield                  11%     -      -      -      -        11%          -

LIABILITIES:
Non-interest bearing
demand                    $15,133      -      -      -      -   $15,133   $  15,133
Average Yield                   0%     -      -      -      -         0%          -
Interest- bearing
demand                     13,608      -      -      -      -    13,608      13,608
Average yield                 3.4%     -      -      -      -       3.4%          -
Savings                    12,983      -      -      -      -    12,983      12,983
Average Yield                 3.8%     -      -      -      -       3.8%          -
Time certificates of
deposit                    37,105    522     47     11      3    38,529      38,683
Average yield                 5.8%   5.8%   5.3%   5.3%   5.1%      5.8%          -
</TABLE>

                                       38
<PAGE>





                                       39
<PAGE>

INDEPENDENT  AUDITORS'  REPORT

To  the  Board  of  Directors  and  Stockholders
Community  West  Bancshares:

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Community West Bancshares and
its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Goleta  National  Bank,  (together, known as the
"Company")  as  of  December  31,  1997  and  1996, and the related consolidated
statements  of  income, stockholders' equity and cash flows, for the three years
ended  December  31,  1997.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted accounting
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the consolidated financial statements are
free  of  material  misstatements.  An  audit  includes the examining, on a test
basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
the  significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a
reasonable  basis  for  our  opinion.

In  our  opinion,  such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position  of  Community  West
Bancshares at December 31, 1997 and 1996 and the results of their operations and
their  cash flows for the three years ended December 31, 1997 in conformity with
generally  accepted  accounting  principles.




February  6,  1998
Los  Angeles,  California

                                       40
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

COMMUNITY WEST BANCSHARES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

ASSETS                                                                          1997         1996
<S>                                                                          <C>          <C>
   Cash and due from banks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $ 3,662,513  $ 3,776,649
   Federal funds sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8,440,000    9,015,000
     Cash and cash equivalents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12,102,513   12,791,649
   Time deposits in other financial institutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2,477,000    2,378,000
   Federal reserve bank stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      251,300      155,650
   Investment securities held to maturity, at cost; fair value of $992,851
     in 1997 and $1,988,450 in 1996 (Note 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      998,451    1,997,705
   Interest Only Strip, held for trading, at fair value . . . . . . . . . .    2,528,587            -
   Loans (Notes 3 and 4):
     Held for investment, net of allowance for loan losses of $1,285,852
       in 1997 and $1,409,321 in 1996 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   56,724,346   50,590,863
     Held for sale, at lower of cost or fair value. . . . . . . . . . . . .   14,440,356    6,808,800
   Other real estate owned, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            -       59,524
   Premises and equipment, net (Note 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2,725,465    2,406,837
   Servicing assets (Note 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      664,402    2,233,641
   Accrued interest receivable and other assets (Note 7). . . . . . . . . .    2,400,025    1,460,877

TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $95,312,445  $80,883,546

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

LIABILITIES:
   Deposits: (Note 6)
     Noninterest-bearing demand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $15,132,830  $15,235,335
     Interest-bearing demand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13,607,852   11,578,510
     Savings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12,982,741   10,361,875
     Time certificates of $100,000 or more. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16,832,753   11,349,493
     Other time certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21,696,263   22,080,385

          Total deposits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   80,252,439   70,605,598
   Accrued interest payable and other liabilities (Note 7). . . . . . . . .    2,931,142      218,807

          Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   83,183,581   70,824,405

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 9)

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Notes 8 and 10)
   Common stock, no  par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized;
     3,081,316,  and 2,946,984  shares issued and outstanding at
     December 31, 1997 and 1996 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8,570,310    8,089,527
   Retained earnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3,558,554    1,969,614

          Total stockholders' equity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12,128,864   10,059,141

TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $95,312,445  $80,883,546
<FN>

See  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements.
</TABLE>

                                       41
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

COMMUNITY WEST BANCSHARES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
THREE  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

                                                       1997         1996        1995
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>         <C>
INTEREST INCOME:
   Loans, including fees . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $ 7,349,925  $6,340,842  $5,977,282
   Federal funds sold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      423,666     283,137     305,249
   Time deposits in other financial institutions .      120,588      87,793     173,571
   Investment securities . . . . . . . . . . . . .      115,253     100,300      48,213

          Total interest income. . . . . . . . . .    8,009,432   6,812,072   6,504,315

INTEREST EXPENSE ON DEPOSITS . . . . . . . . . . .    2,910,450   2,424,730   2,451,472

NET INTEREST INCOME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5,098,982   4,387,342   4,052,843

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES (Note 3) . . . . . . . .      260,000     435,000     360,000

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN
   LOSSES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4,838,982   3,952,342   3,692,843

OTHER INCOME:
   Gains from loan sales . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4,101,222   2,614,360   2,522,355
   Loan origination fees - sold or brokered loans.    2,960,385   2,057,282     731,249
   Loan servicing fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      631,551     674,598     578,943
   Service charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      896,295     590,239     371,511
   Document processing fees. . . . . . . . . . . .      819,355     509,650      83,786
  Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       23,407     174,362     193,412

          Total other income . . . . . . . . . . .    9,432,215   6,620,491   4,481,256

OTHER EXPENSES:
   Salaries and employee benefits (Note 11). . . .    7,315,447   5,452,981   3,925,434
   Occupancy expenses (Note 9) . . . . . . . . . .    1,508,435   1,185,502     986,986
   Other operating expenses. . . . . . . . . . . .      714,119     787,064     647,967
    Postage & Freight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      822,162     542,890     165,110
   Advertising Expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      582,636     311,187     281,561
   Professional Services . . . . . . . . . . . . .      425,828     245,766     317,920
   Office Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      155,279     141,543     111,293

          Total other expenses . . . . . . . . . .   11,523,906   8,666,933   6,436,271

INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES . . . . .    2,747,291   1,905,900   1,737,828

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES (Note 7). . . . . . . .    1,158,351     800,478     730,000

NET INCOME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $ 1,588,940  $1,105,422  $1,007,828

NET INCOME PER SHARE -- BASIC. . . . . . . . . . .  $      0.53  $     0.47  $     0.50

NET INCOME PER SHARE -- DILUTED. . . . . . . . . .  $      0.44  $     0.44  $     0.47
<FN>
See  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements.
</TABLE>

                                       42
<PAGE>

COMMUNITY  WEST  BANCSHARES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENTS  OF  CHANGES  IN  STOCKHOLDERS'  EQUITY
THREE  YEARS  ENDED  DECEMBER  31,  1997

                                                                                           TOTAL
                                                                                           STOCK-
                                                     COMMON      STOCK      RETAINED      HOLDERS'
                                                     SHARES      AMOUNT     EARNINGS       EQUITY
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1995 . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1,829,284  $4,573,210  $  522,316   $ 5,095,526 

   Stock dividend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    182,904     548,724    (548,724)            - 

   Cash dividend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          -           -     (45,793)      (45,793)

   Exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . . .     24,412      55,480           -        55,480 

   Net income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          -           -   1,007,828     1,007,828 

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1995 . . . . . . . . . . . .  2,036,600   5,177,414     935,627     6,113,041 

   Secondary offering of common stock and warrants    859,368   2,788,048           -     2,788,048 

   Cash dividend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          -           -     (71,435)      (71,435)

   Exercise of warrants. . . . . . . . . . . . . .      3,848      16,835           -        16,835 

   Exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . . .     47,168     107,230           -       107,230 

   Net income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          -           -   1,105,422     1,105,422 

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996 . . . . . . . . . . . .  2,946,984   8,089,527   1,969,614    10,059,141 

   Issuance of founders stock. . . . . . . . . . .          -      10,000           -        10,000 

   Exercise of warrants. . . . . . . . . . . . . .     63,692     278,653           -       278,653 

   Exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . . .     70,640     192,130           -       192,130 

   Net income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          -           -   1,588,940     1,588,940 

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997 . . . . . . . . . . . .  3,081,316  $8,570,310  $3,558,554   $12,128,864 

<FN>

See  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements.
</TABLE>

                                       43
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

COMMUNITY  WEST  BANCSHARES

CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENTS  OF  CASH  FLOWS
THREE  YEARS  ENDED  DECEMBER  31,  1997


                                                                                  1997           1996          1995
<S>                                                                           <C>            <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $  1,588,940   $ 1,105,422   $ 1,007,828 
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in)
     operating activities:
     Provision for loan losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       260,000       435,000       360,000 
     Deferred income taxes provision (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        77,892       203,094      (117,174)
     Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       593,433       477,101       309,154 
     (Gain) loss on sale of other real estate owned. . . . . . . . . . . . .       (38,707)      (41,430)       27,106 
     Gain on sale of loans held for sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    (4,101,222)   (1,121,312)   (1,433,737)
     (Transfer) origination of  servicing assets, net of amortization. . . .     2,233,641    (1,191,149)   (1,042,492)
     Origination of interest-only strip assets, net of amortization. . . . .    (2,528,588)            -             - 
     Net change in deferred loan fees and premiums . . . . . . . . . . . . .       (42,059)        6,549       (33,708)
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
       Accrued interest receivable and other assets. . . . . . . . . . . . .    (1,561,491)      800,155      (552,770)
       Accrued interest payable and other liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . .     2,634,443      (394,009)     (372,409)

          Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities. . . . . . . .      (883,718)      279,421    (1,848,202)

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Purchase of held-to-maturity investment securities
     and Federal Reserve Bank stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    (1,096,395)   (2,022,218)     (993,581)
   Maturities of held-to-maturity investment securities. . . . . . . . . . .     2,000,000     1,000,000       485,052 
   Net (increase) decrease in time deposits in other financial institutions.       (99,000)   (1,000,000)    2,474,000 
   Net increase  in  loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   (10,196,186)   (5,551,129)   (5,120,625)
   Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       370,600       393,430       625,964 
   Purchase of premises and equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      (912,061)   (1,308,297)     (658,263)

          Net cash used in investing activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    (9,933,042)   (8,488,214)   (3,187,453)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Net increase (decrease)  in demand deposits, and savings accounts . . . .     4,547,703      (600,306)   10,499,382 
   Net increase (decrease) in time certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5,099,138     7,613,846    (1,811,112)
   Proceeds from the secondary offering of common stock and warrants . . . .             -     2,788,048             - 
   Proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants. . . . . . . . .       480,783       124,065        55,480 
   Cash dividends paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             -       (71,435)      (45,793)

          Net cash provided by financing activities. . . . . . . . . . . . .    10,127,624     9,854,218     8,697,957 

(DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      (689,136)    1,645,425     3,662,302 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    12,791,649    11,146,224     7,483,922 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $ 12,102,513   $12,791,649   $11,146,224 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
   INFORMATION -
   Cash paid during the year for:
     Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $  2,869,088   $ 2,386,367   $ 2,483,069 
     Income taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       789,956       460,000     1,469,000 

NONCASH INVESTING ACTIVITY -
   Loans transferred to other real estate owned. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       272,369       411,524             - 
<FN>

See  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements.
</TABLE>

                                       44
<PAGE>

COMMUNITY  WEST  BANCSHARES

NOTES  TO  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS
THREE  YEARS  ENDED  DECEMBER  31,  1997____
- ----------------------------------------

1.          SUMMARY  OF  SIGNIFICANT  ACCOUNTING  POLICIES

     The  accounting  and  reporting  policies of Community West Bancshares (the
"Company")  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Goleta  National  Bank  are  in
accordance  with  generally accepted accounting principles and general practices
within  the  financial services industry. All material intercompany transactions
and  accounts  have  been eliminated. The following are descriptions of the more
significant  of  those  policies.

     Nature  of  Operations  -  The  Company's primary operations are related to
traditional  banking  activities,  including  the acceptance of deposits and the
lending  and  investing  of  money.  In  addition,  the  Company also engages in
electronic  services.  The  Company's  customers  consist  of small to mid-sized
businesses  and  individuals located in California, Georgia, Nevada and Florida.
The  Company  also  originates  and  sells  U.  S. Small Business Administration
("SBA"),  FHA  Title  I  and  125  LTV  loans  through its normal operations and
thirteen  loan  production  offices.

     Cash  and Cash Equivalents - For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and
cash  equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks and federal funds
sold.  Generally,  federal  funds  are  purchased  for  one  day  periods.

     Loans  -  Generally,  loans  are  stated  at amounts advanced less payments
collected. Interest on loans is accrued daily on a simple-interest basis, except
where  serious  doubt exists as to collectibility of the loan, in which case the
accrual  of  interest  income  is  discontinued.

     Loans  Held  for  Sale - The guaranteed portion on loans insured by the SBA
and  FHA  Title  I home improvement loans and 125 loan-to-value loans, which are
originated and are intended for sale in the secondary market, are carried at the
lower  of cost or fair value. Funding for SBA and FHA programs depends on annual
appropriations  by  the  U.S. Congress, and accordingly, the sale of loans under
these  programs  is  dependent  on  the  continuation  of  such  programs.

     Investment  Securities  -  The Company classifies as held to maturity those
debt  securities  it  has  the  positive intent and ability to hold to maturity.
Securities  held  to  maturity  are  accounted  for  at  cost  and  adjusted for
amortization  of  premiums  and  accretion  of  discounts.

     Provision  and Allowance for Loan Losses - The allowance for loan losses is
maintained  at a level believed adequate by management to absorb possible losses
on  existing  loans  through a provision for loan losses charged to expense. The
allowance  is  charged for losses when management believes that full recovery on
loans  is  unlikely. Management's determination of the adequacy of the allowance
is  based  on  periodic  evaluations  of  the  loan  portfolio,  which take into
consideration such factors as changes in the growth, size and composition of the
loan  portfolio,  overall  portfolio  quality, review of specific problem loans,
collateral,  guarantees  and  economic conditions that may affect the borrowers'
ability  to  pay  and/or the value of the underlying collateral. These estimates
depend  on  the  outcome  of  future  events  and,  therefore,  contain inherent
uncertainties.

     Management  believes  the  level  of  the  allowance  for loan losses as of
December  31, 1997, is adequate to absorb future losses; however, changes in the
local  economy,  the  ability  of  borrowers to repay amounts borrowed and other
factors  may  result  in  the  need to increase the allowance through charges to
earnings.

     Loan  Fees  and  Costs  -  Loan origination fees and costs are deferred and
recognized  as  an  adjustment to the loan yield over the life of the loan using
the  straight-line  method,  which  approximates  the  interest  method.

                                       45
<PAGE>

     Interest  Only Strips - The Company retains an interest only ("I/O") strip,
which  represents  the  present  value  of  the  right  to the excess cash flows
generated  by  the  serviced  loans  which represents the difference between (a)
interest  at  the  stated  rate  paid  by  borrowers  and  (b)  the  sum  of (i)
pass-through  interest  paid  to third-party investors, (ii) trustee fees, (iii)
FHA insurance fees (if applicable), (iv) third-party credit enhancement fees (if
applicable),  and  (v)  stipulated  servicing  fees.  The Company determines the
present  value  of  this anticipated cash flow stream at the time each loan sale
transaction  closes,  utilizing  valuation  assumptions  appropriate  for  each
particular  transaction.

     The  significant  valuation  assumptions  are  related  to  the anticipated
average lives of the loans sold, including the anticipated prepayment speeds and
the anticipated credit losses related thereto. In order to determine the present
value  of  this  excess  cash  flow,  the Company currently applies an estimated
market discount rate of 11% to the expected pro forma gross cash flows, which is
calculated  utilizing  the  weighted  average  lives  of  the  serviced  loans.

     The  I/O  Strips  are accounted for under Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards  ("SFAS")  No.  115  "Accounting  for  Investments in Certain Debt and
Equity  Marketable  Securities."  As  an  I/O  Strip  is  subject to significant
prepayment  risk,  and therefore has an undetermined maturity date, it cannot be
classified  as  held  to  maturity.  The  Company has chosen to classify its I/O
Strips  as  trading  securities.  Based  on  this classification, the Company is
required  to mark these securities to fair value with the accompanying increases
or decreases in fair value being recorded as earnings in the current period. The
determination  of  fair  value  is  based  on  the  previously  mentioned basis.

     As  the  gain  recognized in the year of sale is equal to the net estimated
future cash flows from the I/O Strips, discounted at a market interest rate, the
amount  of  cash  actually  received  over the lives of the loans is expected to
exceed  the  gain  previously recognized at the time the loans are sold. The I/O
Strips  are  amortized  based  on  an  accelerated method against the cash flows
resulting  in  income  recognition  that  is  not  materially different from the
interest  method.  The  Company  generally retains the fight to service loans it
originates  or  purchases  and  subsequently  sales.

     Other  Real  Estate Owned - Real estate acquired by foreclosure is recorded
at  fair  value  at  the  time of foreclosure, less estimated selling costs. Any
subsequent  operating  expenses  or  income,  reduction in estimated values, and
gains  or  losses  on  disposition  of  such  properties  are charged to current
operations.

     Premises  and  Equipment  - Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less
accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization. Depreciation is computed using the
straight-line  method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range
from  2 to 31.5 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the
lease  or  the  estimated  useful  lives,  whichever  is  shorter.

     Income  Taxes  -  Deferred  income  taxes  are  recognized  for  the  tax
consequences  in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and
liabilities  and  their  financial  reporting  amounts at each year-end based on
enacted  tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the
differences  are  expected  to  affect  taxable  income.

     Net  Income  per  Share and Share Equivalent - Net income per share - basic
has  been  computed  based on the weighted average number of  shares outstanding
during  each  year,  which was 3,016,208, 2,356,162 and 2,013,830 in 1997, 1996,
and 1995. Net income per share - diluted has been computed based on the weighted
average  number  of shares outstanding during each year plus the dilutive effect
of  outstanding  warrants  and  options,  which  was  3,588,477,  2,510,352, and
2,128,212  in  1997,  1996,  and  1995.  Net  income per share amounts have been
retroactively  restated to reflect the 10% stock dividend issued in 1995 and the
two-for-one  stock  splits  in  1996  and  1998.

                                       46
<PAGE>

     Reserve  Requirements  - All depository institutions are required by law to
maintain  reserves  on transaction accounts and nonpersonal time deposits in the
form  of  cash  balances at the Federal Reserve Bank. These reserve requirements
can  be  offset  by cash balances held at the Company. At December 31, 1997, the
Company's cash balance was sufficient to offset the Federal Reserve requirement.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements - The preparation of
financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
requires  management  to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosures of contingent assets and
liabilities  at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of
revenues  and  expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ
from  those  estimates.

     Current Accounting Pronouncements - In March 1997, the Financial Accounting
Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued  SFAS  No.  128,  "Earnings  per Share." This
statement  establishes standards for computing and presenting earnings per share
("EPS") and applies to all entities with publicly held common stock or potential
common  stock. This statement replaces the presentation of primary EPS and fully
diluted  EPS  with  a  presentation  of basic EPS and diluted EPS, respectively.
Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income applicable to
common stockholders by the weighted -average number of common shares outstanding
for the period. Similar to fully diluted EPS, diluted EPS reflects the potential
dilution  of  securities  that  could  share in the earnings. Restatement of all
prior  period EPS data presented is required. This statement was adopted for the
year  ended  December  31,  1997, and is reflected in the Company's consolidated
financial  statements.  The  adoption  of this statement did not have a material
impact  on  the  Company's  consolidated financial statements for the year ended
December  31,  1997.

     In  August  1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 129, "Disclosure of Information
about  Capital  Structure."  This statement establishes standards for disclosing
information  about  capital structure, including pertinent rights and privileges
of  various  securities  outstanding.  SFAS  No.  129 is effective for financial
statements  for periods ending after December 15, 1997. The Company adopted this
statement  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1997,  and  is reflected in the
Company's consolidated financial statements.  the adoption of this statement did
not  have  a  material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1997.

     In  June  1997,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income,"  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning after December 15, 1997. This
statement  requires  that  all  items  that  are required to be recognized under
accounting  standards  as  components  of  comprehensive income be reported in a
financial  statement  that  is  displayed  with  the  same  prominence  as other
financial  statements. This Statement further requires that an entity display an
amount  representing total comprehensive income for the period in that financial
statement.  This  Statement also requires that an entity classify items of other
comprehensive  income  by  their  nature  in a financial statement. For example,
other  comprehensive  income may include foreign currency items, minimum pension
liability  adjustments,  and  unrealized  gains  and  losses on certain debt and
equity securities. Reclassification of financial statements for earlier periods,
provided  for  comparative  purposes,  is  required. Based on current accounting
standards,  this  Statement  is  not  expected  to have a material impact on the
Company's  consolidated  financial  statements.

     In  June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of
an  Enterprise  and Related Information," effective for financial statements for
periods  beginning after December 15, 1997. This statement establishes standards
for  reporting  information  about  operating  segments  in  annual  financial
statements  and  requires  that  enterprises  report  selected information about
operating  segments in interim financial reports issued to shareholders. It also
establishes  standards  for  related  disclosures  about  products and services,
geographic  areas  and major customers. This statement is not expected to have a
material  impact  on  the  Company's  financial  statements.

     Reclassifications  -  Certain  amounts  in  the  accompanying  financial
statements  for  1996  and  1995  have  been reclassified to conform to the 1997
presentation.

                                       47
<PAGE>

2.          INVESTMENT  SECURITIES

     The  amortized  cost  and  estimated fair value of investment securities at
December  31  were  as  follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

1997                                                         AMORTIZED COST   GROSS UNREALIZED GAIN   GROSS UNREALIZED LOSS
<S>                                                          <C>              <C>                     <C>
Held to maturity:
  Due in less than one year:
U.S. Treasury note, par value $500,000, 5.125%, due 2/28/98  $       499,700  $                    -  $                3,200
U.S. Treasury note, par value $500,000, 5.125%, due 6/30/98          498,751                       -                   2,400
                                                             ---------------  ----------------------  ----------------------
                                                             $       998,451  $                    -  $                5,600
                                                             ===============  ======================  ======================

1996                                                         AMORTIZED COST    GROSS UNREALIZED GAIN   GROSS UNREALIZED LOSS
Held to maturity:
  Due in less than one year:
U.S. Treasury note, par value $500,000, 4.75%, due 2/15/97.  $       499,632  $                    -  $                3,232
U.S. Treasury note, par value $500,000, 5.625%, due 6/30/97          499,531                     519                       -
U.S. Treasury note, par value $500,000, 5.625%, due 8/31/97          499,792                       -                   3,392
U.S. Treasury note, par value $500,000, 5.25%, due 12/31/97          498,750                       -                   3,150
                                                             ---------------  ----------------------  ----------------------
                                                             $     1,997,705  $                  519  $                9,774
                                                             ===============  ======================  ======================


<S>                                                          <C>
1997                                                         FAIR VALUE
                                                             -----------
Held to maturity:
  Due in less than one year:
U.S. Treasury note, par value $500,000, 5.125%, due 2/28/98
                                                             $   496,500
U.S. Treasury note, par value $500,000, 5.125%, due 6/30/98
                                                                 496,351
                                                             -----------
                                                             $   992,851
                                                             ===========

1996                                                         FAIR VALUE
                                                             -----------
Held to maturity:
  Due in less than one year:
U.S. Treasury note, par value $500,000, 4.75%, due 2/15/97.  $   496,400
U.S. Treasury note, par value $500,000, 5.625%, due 6/30/97      500,050
U.S. Treasury note, par value $500,000, 5.625%, due 8/31/97      496,400
U.S. Treasury note, par value $500,000, 5.25%, due 12/31/97      495,600
                                                             -----------
                                                             $ 1,988,450
                                                             ===========
</TABLE>

                                       48
<PAGE>

3.          LOANS

     The  composition  of  the  Company's  loan  portfolio at December 31 was as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1997         1996
<S>                                          <C>           <C>
Installment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $ 3,466,774   $ 3,776,425
Commercial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13,195,325    14,017,173
Real estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19,924,139    19,172,017
Loan participations purchased - real estate    2,246,855       709,040
Unguaranteed portion of SBA loans . . . . .   19,602,136    14,708,048
                                             ------------  -----------
                                              58,435,229    52,382,703
Less:
  Allowance for loan losses . . . . . . . .    1,285,852     1,409,321
  Net deferred loan fees and premiums . . .       (3,245)       38,813
  Other discount on SBA loans . . . . . . .      428,276       343,706
                                             ------------  -----------

Loans held for investment, net. . . . . . .  $56,724,346   $50,590,863
                                             ============  ===========

Loans held for sale . . . . . . . . . . . .  $14,440,356   $ 6,808,800
                                             ============  ===========
</TABLE>

     Loans  held  for  sale  include  the guaranteed and unguaranteed portion of
loans  insured  by the SBA and FHA Title I, first and second mortgages, and high
loan  to  value  loans. Loans are held for sale and are recorded at the lower of
cost  or  fair  value.

     The  Company  generates  substantial  revenues from the origination of home
improvement  loans  under  Title  I  of  FHA  regulations.  This  is  the oldest
government  insured loan program in existence, having begun in 1934. The Company
originates  Title  I  loans and sells them into the secondary market and retains
the  servicing. In early 1995, the Company was approved as one of a small number
of  financial  institutions  to  be  able  to sell Title I loans directly to the
Federal  National  Mortgage  Association  ("FNMA").

     The  Company also offers 125 Loan-to-Value ('LTV') loans. These loans allow
the  borrower  to receive up to 125% of their home value for debt consolidation,
home  improvement,  school  tuition,  or any worthwhile cash outlay. There is an
upper  limit on these loans of $100,000. In 1997, the Bank sold these loans at a
premium  to  third-parties.

     The  Company  retains a servicing spread on Title I and SBA loan sales that
creates  servicing  assets. The servicing spread is separated into two assets. A
servicing  asset  is  recorded  for  the  present  value  of  the  excess of the
contractual  servicing  spread over the expected cost of servicing the portfolio
for  the expected life of the loans sold. An interest-only asset is recorded for
the present value of the servicing spread less the contractual servicing for the
estimated  expected  life  of  the  loans.  The Company uses industry prepayment
statistics  and its own prepayment experience in estimating the expected life of
the  loans.  The present value asset is amortized as an offset to loan servicing
income  over  the  estimated  expected  life  of  the  loans.

     The  significant  valuation  assumptions  are  related  to  the anticipated
average  lives  of  the  loans  sold,  the anticipated prepayment speeds and the
anticipated  credit  losses  related  thereto. In order to determine the present
value  of  this  excess  cash  flow,  the Company currently applies an estimated
market  discount  rate  of 11% to the expected pro forma gross cash flows, which
are  calculated utilizing the weighted average lives of the loans,. Accordingly,
the  overall effective discount rate utilized on the cash flows, net of expected
credit losses is approximatley 11%. The annual prepayment rate of the loans is a
function  of  full  and  partial  prepayments  and  defaults.

                                       49
<PAGE>

     The  Company monitors actual prepayment experience on a monthly basis. When
actual  experience differs materially from the original assumptions, the Company
makes  a  new  estimate of the expected remaining life of the loans, and adjusts
the  amortization  of  the  present  value  asset.

     The  Company  makes loans to borrowers in a number of different industries.
No  single  industry  comprises  10%  or  more  of the Company's loan portfolio.
Although  the  Company  has  a  diversified  loan  portfolio, the ability of the
Company's  customers  to  honor  their  loan agreements is dependent upon, among
other  things,  the  general  economy  of  the  Company's  market  area.

     Transactions  in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December
31  are  summarized  as  follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               1997         1996         1995
<S>                                         <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance, beginning of year . . . . . . . .  $1,409,321   $1,462,939   $1,391,316 
Provision for loan losses. . . . . . . . .     260,000      435,000      360,000 
Loans charged off. . . . . . . . . . . . .    (400,745)    (510,494)    (308,287)
Recoveries on loans previously charged off      17,276       21,876       19,910 
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
Balance, end of year . . . . . . . . . . .  $1,285,852   $1,409,321   $1,462,939 
                                            ===========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>

     The  recorded  investment in loans that are considered to be impaired under
SFAS  No.  114  was  as  follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                             ------------------------------
                                                             1997         1996         1995
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>          <C>
Impaired loans without specific valuation allowances . .  $1,547,168   $  764,388   $1,531,318 
Impaired loans with specific valuation allowances. . . .   1,250,964    1,178,435    1,432,783 
Specific valuation allowance allocated to impaired loans    (505,994)    (432,853)    (583,600)
                                                          -----------  -----------  -----------
Impaired loans, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $2,292,138   $1,509,970   $2,380,501 
                                                          ===========  ===========  ===========

Average investment in impaired loans . . . . . . . . . .  $1,901,054   $1,945,235   $1,805,251 
                                                          ===========  ===========  ===========

Interest income recognized on impaired loans . . . . . .  $  287,309   $   85,559   $   66,919 
                                                          ===========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>

     It  is  generally  the Company's policy to place loans on nonaccrual status
when  they  are  90  days  past  due.  Thereafter,  interest income is no longer
recognized  and  the  full amount of all payments received, whether principal or
interest,  is  applied  to  the principal balance of the loan. As such, interest
income  may  be recognized on impaired loans to the extent they are not past due
by  90  days  or  more.

     At  December  31,  1997,  loans  on  nonaccrual  status  totaled $1,259,107
compared  to  $618,095  and  $1,036,782 at December 31, 1996, and 1995. Upon the
adoption  of SFAS No. 114, the Company classified all loans on nonaccrual status
as  impaired.  Accordingly, the impaired loans disclosed above include all loans
that  were  on  nonaccrual  status  as  of  December  31,  1997, 1996, and 1995.

                                       50
<PAGE>

     Financial  difficulties  encountered  by  certain  borrowers  may cause the
Company  to restructure the terms of their loans to facilitate loan payments. As
of  December  31,  1997,  1996, and 1995, gross troubled debt restructured loans
totaled  $2,375,000, $843,000 and $436,000. In accordance with the provisions of
SFAS No. 114, a troubled loan that is restructured subsequent to the adoption of
SFAS  No.  114 would generally be considered impaired, while a loan restructured
prior  to  adoption  would  not  be  considered  impaired  if,  at  the  date of
measurement, it was probable that the Company will collect all amounts due under
the  restructured  terms.  Accordingly,  the balance of impaired loans disclosed
above  includes  all  troubled  debt  restructured loan that, as of December 31,
1997,  1996,  and  1995,  are  considered  impaired.

     Interest  foregone  on  nonaccrual  loans  and troubled debt restructurings
outstanding during the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995 amounted to
approximately  $190,000,  $226,000  and  $96,000.

4.          TRANSACTIONS  INVOLVING  DIRECTORS  AND  EMPLOYEES

     In  the  ordinary  course  of  business, the Company has extended credit to
directors  and  employees  of the Company. Such loans are subject to approval by
the  Loan Committee and ratification by the Board of Directors, exclusive of the
borrowing  director.  The  following  is an analysis of the activity of all such
loans:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           1997         1996         1995
<S>                                     <C>          <C>          <C>
Outstanding balance, beginning of year  $2,253,822   $1,326,111   $2,007,151 
Credit granted, including renewals . .     751,534      957,883       57,723 
Repayments . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    (796,236)     (30,172)    (738,763)
                                        -----------  -----------  -----------
Outstanding balance, end of year . . .  $2,209,120   $2,253,822   $1,326,111 
                                        ===========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>

5.          PREMISES  AND  EQUIPMENT

     Premises  and  equipment  as  of  December  31  was  as  follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   1997        1996
<S>                                             <C>         <C>
Furniture, fixtures and equipment. . . . . . .  $3,105,026  $2,368,402
Building & land. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     782,423     782,423
Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . .     757,566     648,845
Construction in progress . . . . . . . . . . .      65,657      39,786
                                                ----------  ----------
                                                 4,710,672   3,839,456
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization   1,985,207   1,432,619
                                                ----------  ----------
Premises and equipment, net. . . . . . . . . .  $2,725,465  $2,406,837
                                                ==========  ==========
</TABLE>

                                       51
<PAGE>

6.          DEPOSITS

     At  December  31,  1997,  the  scheduled maturities of time certificates of
deposits  are  as  follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                  <C>
1998. . . . . . . .  $37,945,985
1999. . . . . . . .      521,596
2000. . . . . . . .       47,329
2001. . . . . . . .       11,000
2002 and thereafter        3,106
                     -----------
                     $38,529,016
                     ===========
</TABLE>

7.          INCOME  TAXES

     Significant  components  of  the  Company's  net  deferred  tax  account at
December  31,  are  as  follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997                       1996
                                                       --------------          -----------------
                                                    FEDERAL      STATE      FEDERAL      STATE
<S>                                                <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Provision for loan losses . . . . . . . . . . .  $ 361,455   $ 113,033   $ 349,734   $ 105,430 
  State taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    101,589           -      63,114           - 
  Depreciation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          -       2,914           -           - 
  Deferred loan fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          -           -           -           - 
  Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      7,900       2,518           -           - 
                                                   ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Total deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . .    470,944     118,465     412,848     105,430 
                                                   ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------

Deferred tax liabilities:
  Depreciation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    (11,002)          -     (38,994)     (3,617)
  Section 481 - 
   deferred loan fees                               (109,995)    (35,069)    (65,349)    (21,719)
  Cash to accrual adjustment
  Adjustment                                         (12,295)     (3,398)    (24,591)     (7,608)
  Deferred loan fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   (237,427)    (75,697)   (135,018)    (44,874)
 Capitalized loan costs . . . . . . . . . . . . .    (26,404)     (8,418)    (20,552)     (6,831)
  Prepaid expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    (75,331)    (24,017)    (75,699)    (25,159)
                                                   ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Total deferred tax
 Liabilities                                        (472,454)   (146,599)   (360,203)   (109,808)
                                                   ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Net deferred tax asset
 (liability)                                       $  (1,510)  $ (28,134)  $  52,645   $  (4,378)
                                                   ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========
</TABLE>

                                       52
<PAGE>

     The  provision  for  income  taxes  for the years ended 1997, 1996 and 1995
consists  of  the  following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             1997       1996       1995
<S>                       <C>         <C>       <C>
Current:
  Federal. . . . . . . .  $  828,398  $456,370  $ 634,761 
  State. . . . . . . . .     252,061   141,014    212,413 
                          ----------  --------  ----------
Total current. . . . . .   1,080,459   597,384    847,174 

Deferred:
  Federal. . . . . . . .      54,155   153,518   (103,797)
   State . . . . . . . .      23,737    49,576    (13,377)
                          ----------  --------  ----------
Total deferred . . . . .      77,892   203,094   (117,174)
                          ----------  --------  ----------
Total income tax expense  $1,158,351  $800,478  $ 730,000 
                          ==========  ========  ==========
</TABLE>

     The  reasons  for  the difference between income tax expense and the amount
computed  by  applying  the  federal  statutory income tax rate to income before
income  taxes  are  as  follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1997   1996   1995
<S>                                                     <C>    <C>    <C>
Tax expense at federal statutory rate. . . . . . . . .    35%    35%    35%
State franchise tax, net of federal income tax benefit     7      7      8 
Other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     -      -     (1)
                                                        -----  -----  -----
Actual tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    42%    42%    42%
                                                        =====  =====  =====
</TABLE>

8.          STOCKHOLDERS'  EQUITY

     Common  Stock

     In  1996 and 1995, cash dividends of $.04 and $.03 per share, respectively,
were  declared  and  paid.  In 1995, the Company declared and issued a 10% stock
dividend.

     In  the  first  quarter of 1996, the shareholders of the Company approved a
two-for-one  stock  split  effective  for shareholders of record on February 18,
1996.

     During  the  third  quarter  of  1996, the Company successfully completed a
secondary  stock offering which resulted in the issuance of 472,653 warrants and
859,368  additional  shares  of  common  stock.  Net proceeds of $2,788,048 were
realized  on  this  offering  after  issuance  costs  of  $219,740. Each warrant
entitles the holder to purchase two shares of common stock for $4.375 per share,
and  expires on June 30, 1998. In conjunction with the secondary stock offering,
the  Company  listed  its  common  stock on the NASDAQ National Market under the
symbol  'CWBC'.

     Stock  Options

     Under  the  terms  of  the  Company's stock option plan, full-time salaried
employees  may be granted nonqualified stock options or incentive stock options,
and  directors may be granted nonqualified stock options. Options may be granted
at  a price not less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock on the date
of  grant.  Options  are  generally  exercisable in cumulative 20% installments.
However, in certain circumstances, the vesting of these options may be adjusted,
as  determined  by  the Board of Directors. All options expire no later than ten
years  from  the  date  of  grant.  As  of  December  31,  1997, all options are
outstanding  at  prices  of  $2.28  -  $9.125  per  share  with  280,132 options
exercisable  and  564,743  options  available  for  future  grant.  Stock option
activity  is  as  follows:

                                       53
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     1997      1996      1995
<S>                                <C>       <C>       <C>
Options outstanding, January 1, .  427,812   398,680   350,992 

Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20,000    93,740    58,000 
Increase for stock dividend . . .        -         -    35,700 
Canceled. . . . . . . . . . . . .  (17,520)  (17,440)  (21,600)
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . .  (70,640)  (47,168)  (24,412)
                                   --------  --------  --------
Options outstanding, December 31,  359,652   427,812   398,680 
                                   ========  ========  ========
</TABLE>

              The  estimated  fair  value of options granted ranged from $3.78 -
$5.11 per share in 1997, $2.34 - $3.05 per share in 1996 and was $2.00 per share
in  1995.  The  Company  applies  Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 and
related interpretations in accounting for its stock option plan. Accordingly, no
compensation  cost  has  been  recognized  for  its  stock  option  plan.  Had
compensation  cost  for the Company's stock option plan been determined based on
the  fair value at the grant dates for awards under the plan consistent with the
method  prescribed  by  SFAS  No. 123, the Company's net income and earnings per
share for the ended December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995 would have been reduced to
the  pro  forma  amounts  indicated  below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Net income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        1997        1996        1995
<S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>
As reported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $1,588,940  $1,105,422  $1,007,828
Pro forma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1,553,592     997,562     999,428
Net income per common share - Basic
As reported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $      .53  $      .47  $      .50
Pro forma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $      .52  $      .42  $      .50
Net income per common share - assuming dilution
As reported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $      .44  $      .44  $      .47
Pro forma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $      .43  $      .40  $      .47
</TABLE>


     The  fair  value  of options granted under the Company's fixed stock option
plan  during  1997,  1996  and 1995 was estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  with  the  following  weighted-average
assumptions  used:  8.5% annual dividend yield, expected volatility of 53%, risk
free  interest  rate  of  6.5%,  and  expected  lives  of  6  years.

                                       54
<PAGE>

9.          COMMITMENTS  AND  CONTINGENCIES

     The  Company  leases twelve office facilities under various operating lease
agreements  with  terms  that  expire  at  various dates between March 1998, and
November  2002,  plus options to extend the lease terms for periods of up to six
years.  The  minimum  lease  commitments  as  of  December  31,  1997, under all
operating  lease  agreements  are  as  follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

FOR THE YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
<S>                               <C>
 1998. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $291,643
 1999. . . . . . . . . . . . . .   199,994
 2000. . . . . . . . . . . . . .   126,620
 2001. . . . . . . . . . . . . .   110,273
2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    97,443
                                  --------
TOTAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $825,973
                                  ========
</TABLE>

     Rent  expense  for  the  years  ended  December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 was
$294,230,  $219,587  and  $283,219.

     The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk
in  the  normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.
These  financial  instruments  include  commitments to extend credit and standby
letters  of  credit.  These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of
credit  and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance
sheet.  The  Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by
the other party to commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is
represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments. At December
31,  1997,  the  Company  had  commitments  to  extend credit of $20,361,000 and
obligations  under  standby  letters  of  credit  of  $30,000.

     Commitments  to  extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long
as  there  is  no  violation  of  any  condition  established  in  the contract.
Commitments  generally  have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses
and  may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to
expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily
represent  future  cash  requirements.

     Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company
to  guarantee  the  performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees
are  primarily  issued to support private borrowing arrangements. All guarantees
are  short  term  and  expire  within  one  year.

     The  Company  uses  the  same  credit  policies  in  making commitments and
conditional  obligations  as it does for extending loan facilities to customers.
The  Company evaluates each customer's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.
The  amount  of  collateral  obtained,  if  deemed necessary by the Company upon
extension  of  credit,  is  based  on  management's  credit  evaluation  of  the
counterparty.  Collateral  held  varies  but  may  include  accounts receivable,
inventory,  property,  plant  and  equipment;  and  income-producing  commercial
properties.

     The  Company  has  sold  loans that are guaranteed or insured by government
agencies  for  which  the  Company  retains  all  servicing  rights  and
responsibilities.  The  Company  is  required  to  perform  certain  monitoring
functions  in  connection  with  these  loans  to  preserve the guarantee by the
government agency and prevent loss to the Company in the event of nonperformance
by  the  borrower.  Management  believes  that the Company is in compliance with
these  requirements.  The  outstanding balance of the sold portion of such loans
was  approximately  $78,000,000  at  December  31,  1997.
     The  Company is involved in various litigation through the normal course of
business.  In  the opinion of management, based upon the advice of the Company's
legal  counsel,  the  disposition  of  all  pending litigation should not have a
material  effect  on  the Company's financial position or results of operations.

                                       55
<PAGE>

10.          REGULATORY  MATTERS

     The  Company  is  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital  requirements
administered  by  the  federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital
requirements  can  initiate  certain  mandatory  -  and  possibly  additional
discretionary  -  actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct
material  effect  on  the Company's financial statements. Under capital adequacy
guidelines  and  the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective action, the
Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures
of  the  Company's  assets,  liabilities  and certain off-balance-sheet items as
calculated  under regulatory accounting practices. The Company's capital amounts
and  classification  are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators
about  components,  risk  weightings  and  other  factors.

     Quantitative  measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
require  the  Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier I
capital  (primarily  common  stock  and  retained  earnings  less  goodwill)  to
risk-weighted  assets,  and  of  Tier  I  capital  to average assets. Management
believes,  as  of December 31, 1997, that the Company meets all capital adequacy
requirements  to  which  it  is  subject.

     As  of  December  31,  1997 and 1996, the most recent notification from the
Federal  Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") categorized the Company as "well
capitalized"  under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be
categorized  as  "well  capitalized"  the  Company  must  maintain minimum total
risk-based,  Tier  I  risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the
table  below.  There  are  no conditions or events since that notification which
management  believes  have  changed  the  Company's  category.

     The  Company's  actual  capital  amounts  and  ratios at December 31 are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           TO BE CATEGORIZED
                                                                                            WELL CAPITALIZED
                                                                                                UNDER PROMPT
                                                                      FOR CAPITAL          CORRECTIVE ACTION
                                                     ACTUAL          ADEQUACY PURPOSES:          PROVISIONS:
                                                   -------------------   -----------------   ---------------
                                                    AMOUNT     RATIO     AMOUNT    RATIO     AMOUNT    RATIO
<S>                                               <C>          <C>     <C>         <C>     <C>         <C>
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997:
Total Capital (to Risk         Weighted Assets).  $12,357,179  17.20%  $5,746,643   >= 8%  $7,183,304   >=10%
Tier I Capital (to Risk         Weighted Assets)   11,454,477  15.95%   2,873,321    >=4%   4,309,982    >=6%
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets) . . . . . . .   11,454,477  12.02%   3,812,315    >=4%   4,765,393    >=5%
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           TO BE CATEGORIZED
                                                                                            WELL CAPITALIZED
                                                                                                UNDER PROMPT
                                                                      FOR CAPITAL          CORRECTIVE ACTION
                                                     ACTUAL          ADEQUACY PURPOSES:          PROVISIONS:
                                                   -------------------   -----------------   ---------------
                                                   AMOUNT    RATIO     AMOUNT    RATIO    AMOUNT    RATIO
<S>                                               <C>        <C>     <C>         <C>     <C>        <C>
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996:
Total Capital (to Risk         Weighted Assets)              14.88%  $5,057,001   >= 8%  6,321,251   >=10%
                                                  9,406,022
Tier I Capital (to Risk         Weighted Assets)  8,608,032  13.61%   2,529,914    >=4%  3,794,871    >=6%
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets) . . . . . . .  8,608,032  11.33%   3,039,023    >=4%  3,798,778    >=5%
</TABLE>

                                       56
<PAGE>

11.          EMPLOYEE  PROFIT  SHARING  PLAN
     On  September 1, 1995, the Company established a 401(k) plan for benefit of
its  employees.  Employees  are eligible to participate in the plan if they were
employed  by  the Company on September 1, 1995, or after 6 months of consecutive
service.  Employees  may  make contributions to the plan under the plan's 401(k)
component,  and  the  Company  may  make  contributions  under the plan's profit
sharing  component,  subject to certain limitations. The Company's contributions
are  determined by the Board of Directors and amounted to $112,592, $39,132, and
$15,315  in  1997,  1996,  and  1995,  respectively.

12.          FAIR  VALUES  OF  FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS
     SFAS  No.  107,  "Disclosures  about  Fair Value of Financial Instruments,"
requires  the  Company  disclose  estimated  fair  values  for  its  financial
instruments.  The  estimated  fair  value  amounts  have  been determined by the
Company  using  available  market  information  and  appropriate  valuation
methodologies.  However,  considerable  judgment is required to interpret market
data  to  develop  estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented
herein  are  not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize
in  a  current  market  exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or
estimation  methodologies  may  have  a  material  effect  on the estimated fair
amounts.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 (in thousands)                                   DECEMBER 31, 1997                        DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                       --------------------------------------   --------------------------------------
                                       CARRYING AMOUNT   ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE   CARRYING AMOUNT   ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE
<S>                                    <C>               <C>                    <C>               <C>
Assets:
         Cash and cash equivalents     $         12,103  $              12,103  $         12,791  $              12,791
         Time deposits in
         other financial institutions             2,477                  2,477             2,378                  2,378
         U.S. Treasury Notes                        998                    998             1,998                  1,988
         FRB Stock                                  251                    251               156                    156
         Interest Only Strip                      2,529                  2,529                 -                      -
         Loans                                   71,165                 73,382            57,400                 58,952
         Servicing Assets                           664                    664             2,234                  2,234
         Liabilities:
         Deposits                                80,252                 80,661            70,606                 70,602
</TABLE>

     The  methods  and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of each class
of  financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value are
explained  below:

          Cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  time  deposits  in  other financial
institutions  -  The  carrying  amounts       approximate fair values because of
short-term  nature  of  these  investments.

          Investment  securities  -  The  fair  value  is based on quoted market
prices  from  security brokers or dealers if available. If a quoted market price
is  not  available,  fair  value  is estimated using the quoted market price for
similar  securities. It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of Federal
Reserve  Company  Stock.

          Loans held for investment and for sale - Fair values are estimated for
portfolios  of loans with similar financial characteristics, primarily fixed and
adjustable rate interest terms. The fair values of fixed rate mortgage loans are
based  upon  discounted cash flows utilizing the rate that the Company currently
offers  as  well  as  anticipated  prepayment  schedules.  The  fair  values  of
adjustable  rate  loans  are  also  based  upon  discounted cash flows utilizing
discount  rates  that  the  Company  currently  offers,  as  well as anticipated
prepayment schedules. No adjustments have been made for changes in credit within
the  loan portfolio. It is management's opinion that the allowance for estimated
loan  losses  pertaining to performing and nonperforming loans results in a fair
valuation  of  such  loans.  Fair values of commitments to extend credit are not
materially  different  than  the  amounts  of deferred fees associated with such
commitments  and  reflected  in  the  accompanying  balance  sheets.

                                       57
<PAGE>

          Deposits  -  The  fair values of deposits are estimated based upon the
type of deposit products. Demand accounts, which include savings and transaction
accounts,  are  presumed  to have equal book and fair values, since the interest
rates paid on these accounts are based on prevailing market rates. The estimated
fair  values  of  time  deposits are determined by discounting the cash flows of
segments  of  deposits that have similar maturities and rates, utilizing a yield
curve  that  approximates  the  prevailing rates offered to depositors as of the
measurement  date.

     The  fair  value  estimates  presented  herein  are  based  on  pertinent
information  available  to management as of December 31, 1997 and 1996. Although
management  is  not  aware  of  any  factors that would significantly effect the
estimated  fair  value  amounts,  such  amounts  have  not  been comprehensively
revalued  for  purposes  of  these  financial  statements since those dates, and
therefore,  current  estimates  of  fair value may differ significantly from the
amounts  presented  herein.

13.          QUARTERLY  FINANCIAL  DATA  (unaudited)

     Summarized  quarterly  financial  data  follows:
     (All  amounts  in  thousands  except  per  share  data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               MARCH 31    JUNE 30  SEPTEMBER 30   DECEMBER 31
                                              ------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>     <C>            <C>
1997
Net interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $   1,161  $1,340  $       1,306  $      1,292
Provision for loan losses . . . . . . . . . .         80      80            100             -
Net income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        309     404            438           438
Net income per share  - basic . . . . . . . .  $     .10  $  .13  $         .15  $        .15
                                    - diluted  $     .09  $  .11  $         .12  $        .12
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               MARCH 31    JUNE 30  SEPTEMBER 30   DECEMBER 31
                                              ------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>      <C>            <C>
 1996
Net interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $1,016      $1,082   $   1,168       $  1,121
Provision for loan losses . . . . . . . . . .     120         105         110            100
Net income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     232         270         305            298
Net income per share  - basic . . . . . . . .  $  .10      $  .11   $     .13       $    .13
                                    - diluted  $  .09      $  .11   $     .12       $    .12
</TABLE>

14.            SUBSEQUENT  EVENT

On  January  22,  1998,  the  Company  declared  a  two-for-one  stock split for
shareholders of record on February 3, 1998, to be paid on February 27, 1998. All
share  and  per  share amounts included in the accompanying financial statements
and related notes have been retroactively restated for the effect of this split.

                                       58
<PAGE>

15.          COMMUNITY  WEST  BANCSHARES  (PARENT  COMPANY  ONLY)
                             (dollars  in  thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             DECEMBER 31, 1997
<S>                                          <C>
ASSETS
Cash and equivalents. . . . . . . . . . . .  $              255
Investment in the Bank. . . . . . . . . . .              12,358
Other Assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  21
                                             ------------------
  TOTAL ASSETS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $           12,634
                                             ==================
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER EQUITY
Other Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $              266
Common Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               8,810
Retained Earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . .               3,558
                                             ------------------
  TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY  $           12,634
                                             ==================
</TABLE>


Community West Bancshares was created for the purposes of forming a bank holding
company.  Prior  to  the  acquisition  of  Goleta  National  Bank,  which became
effective  on  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  had  minimal  activity.
                                     ******

                                       59
<PAGE>

PART  III

ITEM  9.  CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING AND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL  DISCLOSURE
- ---------------------

None

ITEM  10.  DIRECTORS,  EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS,  PROMOTERS  AND  CONTROL  PERSONS;
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPLIANCE  WITH  SECTION  16(a)  OF  THE  EXCHANGE  ACT
- --------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          YEAR FIRST
                                           APPOINTED        PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION
                                            DIRECTOR             DURING THE
      NAME AND TITLE                  AGE  OR OFFICER          PAST FIVE YEARS
      --------------                  ---  ----------          ---------------
<S>                                    <C>  <C>         <C>
Michael A. Alexander. . . . . . . . .  67  Re-elected  Chief Executive Officer of
Chairman of the Board                            1992  Utilicom Corp. since 1994.
                                                       Prior to that time, Director
                                                       of Programs of Delco
                                                       Electronics.
Mounir R. Ashamalla . . . . . . . . .  60        1989  Oral-Maxillo-Facial
Director                                               Surgeon
Robert H. Bartlein. . . . . . . . . .  50        1989  President of Bartlein
Director and Vice Chairman                             Group, Inc. and President
of the Board                                           of Bartlein & Company,
                                                       Inc.
Jean W. Blois . . . . . . . . . . . .  70        1989  Independent consultant.
Director
John D. Illgen. . . . . . . . . . . .  53        1989  President and Chairman of
Director                                               Illgen Simulation
                                                       Technologies, Inc.
John D. Markel. . . . . . . . . . . .  54        1989  Private investor
Director
Michel Nellis . . . . . . . . . . . .  51        1989  Partner with Nellis
Director                                               Associates.
William R. Peeples. . . . . . . . . .  54        1989  Private investor.
Director
C. Randy Shaffer. . . . . . . . . . .  51        1992  Executive Vice President
Director and Executive Vice President                  and Chief Financial Officer
                                                       of the Company.
James R. Sims, Jr.. . . . . . . . . .  62        1989  Realtor.
Director
Llewellyn W. Stone. . . . . . . . . .  55        1989  President and Chief
President, Chief Executive                             Executive Officer of the
Officer and Director                                   Company.
</TABLE>


None  of  the  directors  or  executive  officers  were selected pursuant to any
arrangement  or  understanding  other  than  with  the  directors  and executive
officers  of  the  Bank  acting  within  their capacities as such.  There are no
family  relationships between any of the directors and executive officers ot the
Bank.

                                       60
<PAGE>

ITEM  11.  EXECUTIVE  COMPENSATION
- ----------------------------------
The  persons  serving as excutive officers of the Bank received during 1997, and
will receive in 1998, cash compensation in their capacities as excutive officers
of  the  Bank  .

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                           --------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Annual Compensation              Long Term Compensation
                                         --------------------------------     --------------------------------------
                                                                              Awards     Payouts
<S>                                     <C>    <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>
(a). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    (b)       (c)      (d)       (e)          (f)       (g)       (h)       (i)
                                                                                                             All
                                                                  Other     Restricted   Op-       LTIP      Other
Name and                                                          Annual    Stock        tions/    PayOuts   Compen-
Principal                                                         Compen-   Award(s)     SARs                sation
Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Year   Salary    Bonus    sation
                                                    ($)      ($)       ($)          ($)                 ($)       ($)
Llewellyn W. Stone . . . . . . . . . .   1997   179,250   51,000         -            -         -         -         -
President and Chief Executive Officer.   1996   127,123   51,000         -            -         -         -         -
                                         1995   124,600   51,000         -            -         -         -       636
C. Randy Shaffer . . . . . . . . . . .   1997   118,605   30,000         -            -         -         -         -
Executive Vice . . . . . . . . . . . .   1996    90,973   30,000         -            -         -         -         -
President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1995    87,744   25,000         -            -         -         -     1,867
</TABLE>



                  OPTION/SAR EXERCISES AND YEAR-END VALUE TABLE
                  ---------------------------------------------

    AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND YEAR-END OPTION/SAR
                                      VALUE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(a)                                (b)                      (c)               (d)                (e)
                                                                                              Value of
                                                                           Number of       Unexercised In-
                                                                          Unexercised         the-Money
                                                                        Options/SARs at    Options/SARs at
                                                                            Year-end (#)      Year-End ($)
                                                                          Exercisable/      Exercisable/
Name                  Shares Acquired on Exercise (#)   Value Realized($)   Unexercisable      Unexercisable
- -------------------   -------------------------------   -----------------  ----------------  -----------------
<S>                  <C>                              <C>               <C>               <C>
Llewellyn W. Stone.  N/A                              N/A               Options Only      Options Only
                                                                                79,000/-  $       496,460/-
C. Randy Shaffer. .                           43,000  $        138,620  Options Only      Options Only
                                                                                     -/-                -/-
</TABLE>

                                       61
<PAGE>

ITEM  12.    SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The  following  table  sets  forth,  as  of  February  27,  1998, the number and
percentage  of shares of the Company's Common Stock beneficially owned, directly
or  indirectly, by each of the Company's directors, named officers and principal
shareholders  ,  and  by  the  directors  and named officers of the Company as a
group.    The  shares  "beneficially owned " are determined under Securities and
Exchange  Commission  Rules,  and  do not necessarily indicate ownership for any
other  purpose,  In general, beneficial ownership includes shares over which the
director,  named  officer  or principal shareholder has sole or shared voting or
investment power and shares which such person has the right to acquire within 60
days of February 27, 1998.  Unless otherwise indicated, the persons listed below
have  sole  voting  and  investment  powers  of  the  shares beneficially owned.
Management  is  not  aware  of any arrangements which may, at a subsequent date,
result  in  a  change  of  control  of  the  Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Beneficial                                                  Amount and Nature        Percent
Owner                                                    of Beneficial Ownership   of Class(1)
<S>                                                      <C>                       <C>
Michael A. Alexander. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 74,370(2)         2.3%
Mounir R. Ashamalla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 74,856(3)         2.3%
Robert H. Bartlein. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 86,472(4)         2.7%
Jean W. Blois . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 51,068(5)         1.6%
John D. Illgen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 42,080(6)         1.3%
John D. Markel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                314,664(7)         9.5%
Michel Nellis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 40,952(8)         1.3%
William R. Peeples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                309,588(9)         9.7%
C. Randy Shaffer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                44,230(10)         1.4%
James R. Sims, Jr.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                17,400(11)          .6%
Llewellyn W. Stone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                85,424(12)         2.7%
All Directors and Named Officers as a Group (11 in all)
                                                                     1,141,104(1)        32.4%
                                                         ========================  ===========
<FN>

(1)        Includes  shares subject to options held by each director and named officer and the
directors  and  named officers as a group that are exercisable within 60 days of  February 27,
1998.  These are treated as issued and outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage
of  each  director  and the directors and named officers as a group but not for the purpose of
computing  the  percentage  of  class  of  any  other  person.

(2)    Mr. Alexander has shared voting and investment powers as to 39,632 of these shares, has
9,460  shares  acquirable  by  exercise  of stock options, and has 13,538 shares acquirable by
exercise  of  stock  warrants.

(3)    Dr. Ashamalla has 10,164  shares acquirable by exercise of stock options and has 12,986
shares  acquirable  by              exercise  of  stock  warrants.

(4)      Mr. Bartlein has 23,804 shares acquirable by exercise of stock options and has 13,822
shares  acquirable  by  exercise  of    stock  warrants.

(5)        Ms.  Blois  has  24,244  shares  acquirable  by  exercise  of  stock  options.

(6)        Mr.  Illgen has 15,444 shares acquirable by exercise of stock options and has 5,574
shares  acquirable  by  exercise  of    stock  warrants.

(7)       Mr. Markel has shared voting and investment powers as to 27,720 of these shares, has
15,840  shares  acquirable  by  exercise of stock options and has 120,652 shares acquirable by
exercise  of  stock    warrants.

(8)        Ms. Nellis has shared voting and investment powers as to 7,246 of these shares, has
15,444  shares  acquirable  by    exercise of stock options and has 1,990 shares acquirable by
exercise  of  stock  warrants.

(9)        Mr. Peeples has 2,860 shares acquirable by exercise of stock options and has 28,000
shares  acquirable  by  exercise  of  stock  warrants.

(10)    Mr.  Shaffer  has  shared  and  voting  investment  powers  as  1,300 of these shares.

(11)      Mr.  Sims  has  9,152  shares acquirable by exercise of stock options and 464 shares
acquirable  by  exercise  of    stock  warrants.

(12)     Mr. Stone has shared voting and investment powers as to 1,584 of these shares and has
24,000  shares  acquirable  by  exercise  of  stock  options.
</TABLE>

                                       62
<PAGE>

ITEM  13.    CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------

Some  of  the  directors and executive officers of the Company, members of their
immediate  families,  and  the  companies  with  which  they  are associated are
customers  of  the  Bank,  and  have  banking  transactions with the Bank in the
ordinary course of the Bank's business, and the Bank expects to continue to have
such  banking  transactions  with  such  persons in the future.  In management's
opinion,  all  loans  and commitments to lend included in such transactions have
been  made  in  the  ordinary  course  of the Bank's business, have been made on
substantially  the  same terms, including interest rates and collateral as those
prevailing  at  the  Bank  at  the  time  for comparable transactions with other
persons  of  similar  credit worthiness and, in the opinion of the management of
the  Company,  have  not involved more than the normal risk of collectibility or
presented  any  other unfavorable features.  The maximum aggregate amount of all
such  loans  during  the  period  January  1,  1997  to  December  31,  1997 was
approximately  $2,200,000,  which represented approximately 18% of the Company's
total  equity    as  of  that  date.


PART  IV.
ITEM  14.    EXHIBITS,  FINANCIAL  STATEMENT  SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(a)(1)       The following financial statements of Community West Bancshares are
filed  as  part  of  this  Annual  Report.

Report  of  Independent  Accountants                                          40

Balance  Sheets  as  of  December  31,  1997  and  1996                       41

Statements  of  Operations  for  the  three  years  ended
December  31,  1997                                                           42

Statements  of  Shareholders'  Equity  for  the  three  years  ended
December  31,  1997                                                           43

Statements  of  Cash  Flows  for  the  three  years  ended
December  31,  1997                                                           44

Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements                                45
(a)(2)

Fianancial  statement  schedues  other than those listed above have been omitted
because  they  are  either  not  required,  not applicable or the information is
otherwise  included.

(a)(3)  Exhibits

(2)          Plan  of  Reorganization  (1)

(3)(i)          Articles  of  Incorporation

(3)(ii)          By-laws

(4)(i)          Common  Stock  Certificate  (2)

(4)(ii)          Warrant  Certificate  (2)

(10)(i)          1997  Stock  Option Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement (1)

(10)(ii)         Employment Contract between  Goleta National Bank and Llewellyn
Stone,  President  &  CEO

(10)(iii)        Salary Continuation Agreement between  Goleta National Bank and
Llewellyn  Stone,  President  &          CEO

(10)(iv)         Lease Agreements between Goleta National Bank and Santa Barbara
Commercial  Properties  (3)

(10)(v)      Lease Agreement between Goleta National Bank and GRC, International
(3)

(10)(vi)          Lease  Agreement  between  Goleta  National  Bank and Festival
Professional  Park  (3)

(10)(vii)          Employee  Profit  Sharing  Plan  (3)

(21)          Subsidiaries  of  the  Registrant

(23)          Consent  of  Deloitte  &  Touche

(27)          Financial Data Schedule

(1)       Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form
S-8  filed  with  the Commission on          12-31-97 and incorporated herein by
reference.

(2)          Filed  as  an exhibit to the Registrant's Amendment to Registration
Statement  on  Form    8-A  filed  with  the           Commission on 3-12-98 and
incorporated  herein  by  reference.

(3)          The  Registrant  has  submitted  a  request to the Commission for a
continuing  hardship  exemption  persuant to          Rule 202 of Regulation S-T
with  respect  to  this exhibit.  If the request is granted, a paper copy of the
exhibit  shall be filed with the Commission.  If the request is not granted, the
exhibit  shall  be filed as part of     an amendment to the Report on form 10-K.

(b)         There were no reports on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant during the
fourth  quarter  of  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1997.

                                       64
<PAGE>

                                 SIGNATURES 1
                                  ----------

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15 (d) of the Securities and
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its  behalf  by  the  undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 26th day of
March,  1998.

                                        COMMUNITY  WEST  BANCSHARES
                                                      (Registrant)

                                        By /S/ Llewellyn W. Stone
                                        -------------------------
                                        Llewellyn W. Stone
                                        President  and
                                        Chief  Executive  Officer

Pursuant  to  the  requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by  the  following  persons  on behalf  of the
registrant  in  the  capacities  and  on  the  dates  indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      Signature                Title                                             Date
<S>                    <C>                                               <C>
/S/                    Chairman of the Board                             March 26, 1998
- --------------------                                                                   
Michael A. Alexander
/S/Mounir R. Ashamalla Director                                          March 26, 1998
- --------------------                                                                   
Mounir R. Ashamalla
/S/Robert H. Bartlein  Director and Vice Chairman of the Board           March 26, 1998
- --------------------                                                                   
Robert H. Bartlein
/S/Jean W. Blois       Director                                          March 26, 1998
- --------------------                                                                   
Jean W. Blois
/S/John D. Illgen      Director                                          March 26, 1998
- --------------------                                                                   
John D. Illgen
/S/John D. Markel      Director                                          March 26, 1998
- --------------------                                                                   
John D. Markel
/S/Michel Nellis       Director and Secretary                            March 26, 1998
- --------------------                                                                   
Michel Nellis
/S/William R. Peeples  Director                                          March 26, 1998
- --------------------                                                                   
William R. Peeples
                       Director,Executive Vice President and Chief       March 26, 1998
                       Financial Officer (Principal Financial and
/S/C. Randy Shaffer    Accounting Officer)
- --------------------                                                              
C. Randy Shaffer
/S/James R. Sims Jr.   Director                                          March 26, 1998
- --------------------                                                                    
James R. Sims Jr.
                       Director, President and Chief Executive Officer   March 26, 1998
/S/Llewellyn W. Stone  (Principal Executive Officer)
- --------------------                                                                   
Llewellyn W. Stone
</TABLE>
                                       65
<PAGE>


Exhibit  (3)(i)  Articles  of  Incorporation

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                            COMMUNITY WEST BANCSHARES


                                    ARTICLE I

     The  name  of  this  corporation  is:

                            COMMUNITY WEST BANCSHARES


                                   ARTICLE II

          The  purpose  of  this  corporation  is to engage in any lawful act or
activity  for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or
the  practice  of  a  profession  permitted to be incorporated by the California
Corporations  Code.


                                   ARTICLE III

          The  name  and complete business address in the State of California of
this  corporation's  initial  agent  for  service  of  process  is:

                                C. RANDY SHAFFER
                            COMMUNITY WEST BANCSHARES
                              5827 HOLLISTER AVENUE
                            GOLETA, CALIFORNIA 93117


                                   ARTICLE IV

          This  corporation  is  authorized to issue only one class of shares of
stock  which  shall  be designated common stock, no par value per share; and the
total  number  of  shares  which  the  corporation  is  authorized  to  issue is
10,000,000.


                                    ARTICLE V

          (a)         The liability of directors of the corporation for monetary
damages  shall  be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California
law.



          (b)        The corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of
agents  (as  defined in Section 317 of the California Corporations Code) through
bylaw  provisions, agreements with agents, vote of shareholders or disinterested
directors, or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by
Section  317  of  California  Corporations  Code  subject only to the applicable
limits set forth in Section 204 of the California Corporations Code with respect
to  actions  for  breach  of  duty  to  the  corporation  and  its shareholders.

          (c)          The  corporation  is  authorized to purchase and maintain
insurance  on  behalf  of  its  agents against any liability asserted against or
incurred  by  the agent in such capacity or arising out of the agent's status as
such  from  a  company, the shares of which are owned in whole or in part by the
corporation,  provided  that any policy issued by such company is limited to the
extent  provided  by  applicable  law.

          (d)     Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this
Article V shall not adversely affect any right or protection of an agent of this
corporation  existing  at  the  time  of such amendment, repeal or modification.

                                             /S/Arthur  A.  Coren,  Incorporator
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Arthur  A.  Coren,  Incorporator


Exhibit  (3)(ii)    By-Laws








                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                            COMMUNITY WEST BANCSHARES
                            a California corporation


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    BYLAWS OF

                            COMMUNITY WEST BANCSHARES

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                             Page
                                                                             ----
<S>               <C>                                                        <C>
ARTICLE  I  -     CORPORATE  OFFICES                                            1

     1.1          PRINCIPAL  OFFICE                                             1
     1.2          OTHER  OFFICES                                                1

ARTICLE  II  -    MEETINGS  OF  SHAREHOLDERS                                    1

     2.1          PLACE  OF  MEETINGS                                           1
     2.2          ANNUAL  MEETING                                               1
     2.3          SPECIAL  MEETINGS                                             1
     2.4          NOTICE  OF  SHAREHOLDERS'  MEETINGS                           2
     2.5          MANNER  OF  GIVING  NOTICE;  AFFIDAVIT  OF  NOTICE            2
     2.6          QUORUM                                                        2
     2.7          ADJOURNED  MEETING;  NOTICE                                   3
     2.8          VOTING                                                        3
     2.9          VALIDATION  OF  MEETINGS;  WAIVER  OF  NOTICE; CONSENT        4
     2.10         SHAREHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING       4
     2.11         RECORD  DATE  FOR SHAREHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS 4
     2.12         PROXIES                                                       5
     2.13         INSPECTORS  OF  ELECTION                                      5
     2.14         NOMINATIONS  OF  DIRECTORS                                    6

ARTICLE  III  -   DIRECTORS                                                     6

     3.1          POWERS                                                        6
     3.2          NUMBER  OF  DIRECTORS                                         6
     3.3          ELECTION  AND  TERM  OF  OFFICE  OF  DIRECTORS                7
     3.4          REMOVAL                                                       7
     3.5          RESIGNATION  AND  VACANCIES                                   7
     3.6          PLACE  OF  MEETINGS;  MEETINGS  BY  TELEPHONE                 8
     3.7          REGULAR  MEETINGS                                             8
     3.8          SPECIAL  MEETINGS;  NOTICE                                    8
     3.9          QUORUM                                                        8
     3.10         WAIVER  OF  NOTICE                                            8
     3.11         ADJOURNMENT                                                   9
     3.12         NOTICE  OF  ADJOURNMENT                                       9
     3.13         BOARD  ACTION  BY  WRITTEN  CONSENT  WITHOUT A MEETING        9
     3.14         FEES  AND  COMPENSATION  OF  DIRECTORS                        9

ARTICLE  IV  -    COMMITTEES                                                    9

     4.1          COMMITTEES  OF  DIRECTORS                                     9
     4.2          MEETINGS  AND  ACTION  OF  COMMITTEES                        10


<PAGE>
ARTICLE  V  -     OFFICERS                                                     10

     5.1          OFFICERS                                                     10
     5.2          APPOINTMENT  OF  OFFICERS                                    10
     5.3          SUBORDINATE  OFFICERS                                        10
     5.4          REMOVAL  AND  RESIGNATION  OF  OFFICERS                      10
     5.5          VACANCIES  IN  OFFICES                                       11
     5.6          CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  BOARD                                     11
     5.7          VICE  CHAIRMAN                                               11
     5.8          PRESIDENT                                                    11
     5.9          VICE  PRESIDENTS                                             11
     5.10         SECRETARY                                                    11
     5.11         CHIEF  FINANCIAL  OFFICER                                    12

ARTICLE  VI  -    INDEMNIFICATION  OF  DIRECTORS,  OFFICERS,  EMPLOYEES,
                  AND  OTHER  AGENTS                                           12

     6.1          INDEMNIFICATION  OF  DIRECTORS                               12
     6.2          INDEMNIFICATION  OF  OTHERS                                  12
     6.3          PAYMENT  OF  EXPENSES  IN  ADVANCE                           12
     6.4          INDEMNITY  NOT  EXCLUSIVE                                    13
     6.5          INSURANCE  INDEMNIFICATION                                   13
     6.6          CONFLICTS                                                    13
     6.7          RIGHT  TO  BRING  SUIT                                       13
     6.8          INDEMNITY  AGREEMENTS                                        13
     6.9          AMENDMENT,  REPEAL  OR  MODIFICATION                         14

ARTICLE  VII  -   RECORDS  AND  REPORTS                                        14

     7.1          MAINTENANCE  AND  INSPECTION  OF  SHARE  REGISTER            14
     7.2          MAINTENANCE  AND  INSPECTION  OF  BYLAWS                     14
     7.3          MAINTENANCE  AND INSPECTION OF OTHER CORPORATE RECORDS       14
     7.4          INSPECTION  BY  DIRECTORS                                    15
     7.5          ANNUAL  REPORT  TO  SHAREHOLDERS;  WAIVER                    15
     7.6          FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS                                        15
     7.7          REPRESENTATION  OF  SHARES  OF  OTHER  CORPORATIONS          16

ARTICLE  VIII  -  GENERAL  MATTERS                                             16

     8.1          RECORD  DATE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN NOTICE AND VOTING       16
     8.2          CHECKS;  DRAFTS;  EVIDENCES  OF  INDEBTEDNESS                16
     8.3          CORPORATE  CONTRACTS  AND  INSTRUMENTS:   HOW EXECUTED       16
     8.4          CERTIFICATES  FOR  SHARES                                    16
     8.5          LOST  CERTIFICATES                                           17
     8.6          CONSTRUCTION;  DEFINITIONS                                   17

ARTICLE  IX    -  AMENDMENTS                                                   17

     9.1          AMENDMENT  BY  SHAREHOLDERS                                  17
     9.2          AMENDMENT  BY  DIRECTORS                                     17
     9.3          RECORD  OF  AMENDMENTS                                       17

ARTICLE  X  -     INTERPRETATION                                               18
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                            COMMUNITY WEST BANCSHARES
                           (a California corporation)


                                    ARTICLE I

                                CORPORATE OFFICES
                                -----------------

     1.1          PRINCIPAL  OFFICE
                  -----------------

     The  Board  of  Directors shall fix the location of the principal executive
office  of  the  corporation  at  any  place  within  or  outside  the  State of
California.  If the principal executive office is located outside California and
the  corporation  has one or more business offices in California, then the Board
of  Directors shall fix and designate a principal business office in California.

     1.2          OTHER  OFFICES
                  --------------

     The  Board  of  Directors  may  at any time establish branch or subordinate
offices  at  any  place  or  places.


                                   ARTICLE II

                            MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
                            ------------------------

     2.1          PLACE  OF  MEETINGS
                  -------------------

     Meetings  of  shareholders shall be held at any place within or outside the
State of California designated by the Board of Directors.  In the absence of any
such  designation,  shareholders'  meetings  shall  be  held  at  the  principal
executive  office  of the corporation or at any place consented to in writing by
all  persons entitled to vote at such meeting, given before or after the meeting
and  filed  with  the  Secretary  of  the  corporation.

     2.2          ANNUAL  MEETING
                  ---------------

     An  annual meeting of shareholders shall be held each year on a date and at
a  time  designated by the Board of Directors.  At that meeting, directors shall
be  elected.   Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting
of  shareholders.

     2.3          SPECIAL  MEETINGS
                  -----------------

     Special  meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time, subject to
the  provisions  of  Sections  2.4  and  2.5  of  these  Bylaws, by the Board of
Directors,  the  Chairman  of  the Board, the President or the holders of shares
entitled  to  cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at that meeting.

     If  a special meeting is called by anyone other than the Board of Directors
or  the  President  or  the  Chairman of the Board, then the request shall be in
writing,  specifying  the  time  of  such  meeting and the general nature of the
business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by
registered  mail or by other written communication to the Chairman of the Board,
the  President,  any  Vice  President  or the Secretary of the corporation.  The
officer  receiving  the  request forthwith shall cause notice to be given to the
shareholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4
and  2.5  of  these Bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by
the person or persons calling the meeting, so long as that time is not less than
thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request.
If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after receipt of the request,
then  the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice.  Nothing
contained  in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting,
fixing  or affecting the time when a meeting of shareholders called by action of
the  Board  of  Directors  may  be  held.

     2.4          NOTICE  OF  SHAREHOLDERS'  MEETINGS
                  -----------------------------------

     All notices of meetings of shareholders shall be sent or otherwise given in
accordance  with Section 2.5 of these Bylaws not less than ten (10) (or, if sent
by  third-class  mail  pursuant  to  Section  2.5 of these Bylaws, not less than
thirty  (30))  nor  more  than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to
each  shareholder  entitled to vote thereat.  Such notice shall state the place,
date,  and  hour  of  the  meeting and (i) in the case of a special meeting, the
general nature of the business to be transacted, and no business other than that
specified  in  the  notice  may be transacted, or (ii) in the case of the annual
meeting,  those matters which the Board of Directors, at the time of the mailing
of  the  notice, intends to present for action by the shareholders, but, subject
to  the  provisions of the next paragraph of this Section 2.4, any proper matter
may  be  presented at the meeting for such action.  The notice of any meeting at
which  Directors  are to be elected shall include the names of nominees intended
at  the  time  of  the  notice  to  be  presented  by  the  Board  for election.

     If  action  is  proposed  to  be taken at any meeting for approval of (i) a
contract  or  transaction in which a director has a direct or indirect financial
interest,  pursuant  to  Section  310  of  the California Corporations Code (the
"Code"), (ii) an amendment of the Articles of Incorporation, pursuant to Section
902  of the Code, (iii) a reorganization of the corporation, pursuant to Section
1201  of  the Code, (iv) a voluntary dissolution of the corporation, pursuant to
Section  1900  of  the  Code, or (v) a distribution in dissolution other than in
accordance  with  the  rights  of  any outstanding preferred shares, pursuant to
Section 2007 of the Code, then the notice shall also state the general nature of
that  proposal.

     2.5          MANNER  OF  GIVING  NOTICE;  AFFIDAVIT  OF  NOTICE
                  --------------------------------------------------

     Notice  of  a  shareholders' meeting shall be given either personally or by
first-class  mail,  or, if the corporation has outstanding shares held of record
by  five hundred (500) or more persons (determined as provided in Section 605 of
the  Code)  on the record date for the shareholders' meeting, notice may be sent
by  third-class  mail, or other means of written communication, addressed to the
shareholder  at  the  address  of  the shareholder appearing on the books of the
corporation  or  given  by the shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of
notice;  or  if  no  such  address  appears  or is given, at the place where the
principal  executive  office  of the corporation is located or by publication at
least  once  in  a  newspaper  of general circulation in the county in which the
principal  executive office is located.  The notice shall be deemed to have been
given  at the time when delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by
other  means  of  written  communication.

     If  any  notice  (or  any report referenced in Article VII of these Bylaws)
addressed  to  a shareholder at the address of such shareholder appearing on the
books  of  the  corporation  is returned to the corporation by the United States
Postal  Service  marked  to  indicate  that  the United States Postal Service is
unable  to  deliver  the  notice  to the shareholder at that address, all future
notices  or  reports  shall  be  deemed  to have been duly given without further
mailing if the same shall be available to the shareholder upon written demand of
the  shareholder  at  the  principal  executive  office of the corporation for a
period  of  one  (1)  year  from  the  date  of  the  giving  of  the  notice.

     An  affidavit  of  mailing  of  any notice or report in accordance with the
provisions  of  this Section 2.5, executed by the Secretary, Assistant Secretary
or any transfer agent, shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of the notice
or  report.

     2.6          QUORUM
                  ------

     Unless  otherwise  provided  in  the  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  the
corporation, a majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in person or
by  proxy,  shall  constitute  a  quorum  at a meeting of the shareholders.  The
shareholders  present  at  a  duly  called  or held meeting at which a quorum is
present  may continue to transact business until adjournment notwithstanding the
withdrawal  of  enough  shareholders  to leave less than a quorum, if any action
taken  (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares
required  to  constitute  a  quorum.

     In  the  absence  of a quorum, any meeting of shareholders may be adjourned
from  time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares represented either in
person  or by proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as provided
in  the  last  sentence  of  the  preceding  paragraph.

     2.7          ADJOURNED  MEETING;  NOTICE
                  ---------------------------

     Any  shareholders'  meeting,  annual or special, whether or not a quorum is
present,  may  be adjourned from time to time by the vote of the majority of the
shares  represented  at  that  meeting,  either  in  person  or  by  proxy.

     When any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, is adjourned to
another  time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if its
time  and  place are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.
However,  if the adjournment is for more than forty-five (45) days from the date
set  for  the original meeting or if a new record date for the adjourned meeting
is  fixed,  a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder
of  record  entitled  to  vote  at  the adjourned meeting in accordance with the
provisions  of  Sections  2.4 and 2.5 of these Bylaws.  At any adjourned meeting
the  corporation  may  transact any business which might have been transacted at
the  original  meeting.

     2.8          VOTING
                  ------

     The  shareholders  entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders shall be
determined  in  accordance  with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these Bylaws,
subject  to  the provisions of Sections 702 through 704 of the Code (relating to
voting  shares  held  by  a fiduciary, in the name of a corporation, or in joint
ownership).

     Elections  for  directors and voting on any other matter at a shareholders'
meeting need not be by ballot unless a shareholder demands election by ballot at
the  meeting  and  before  the  voting  begins.

     Except  as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.8, or as may be
otherwise  provided  in  the  Articles of Incorporation, each outstanding share,
regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a
vote  of  the  shareholders. Any holder of shares entitled to vote on any matter
may vote part of the shares in favor of the proposal and refrain from voting the
remaining  shares  or may vote them against the proposal other than elections to
office,  but,  if  the  shareholder  fails  to specify the number of shares such
shareholder  is  voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the
shareholder's approving vote is with respect to all shares which the shareholder
is  entitled  to  vote.

     The  affirmative  vote of the majority of the shares represented and voting
at  a  duly  held  meeting  at  which  a  quorum is present (which shares voting
affirmatively  also constitute at least a majority of the required quorum) shall
be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by
classes  is  required  by  the  Code  or  by  the  Articles  of  Incorporation.

     At  a  shareholders'  meeting  at  which  directors  are  to  be elected, a
shareholder  shall  be  entitled  to  cumulate  votes  either  (i) by giving one
candidate  a  number  of  votes  equal  to the number of directors to be elected
multiplied  by  the  number  of  votes  to  which  that shareholder's shares are
normally  entitled  or  (ii) by distributing the shareholder's votes on the same
principle  among  as  many  candidates  as  the  shareholder  thinks fit, if the
candidate  or  candidates'  names  have  been  placed in nomination prior to the
voting  and  the  shareholder  has  given  notice  prior  to  the  voting of the
shareholder's  intention  to  cumulate  the  shareholder's  votes.    If any one
shareholder has given such a notice, then every shareholder entitled to vote may
cumulate  votes  for  candidates  in  nomination.   The candidates receiving the
highest  number  of  affirmative  votes,  up  to  the  number of directors to be
elected,  shall be elected; votes against any candidate and votes withheld shall
have  no  legal  effect.

     2.9          VALIDATION  OF  MEETINGS;  WAIVER  OF  NOTICE;  CONSENT
                  -------------------------------------------------------

     The  transactions of any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special,
however  called  and noticed, and wherever held, are as valid as though they had
been  taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be
present  either  in  person  or  by  proxy,  and  if, either before or after the
meeting,  each  of  the  persons  entitled  to vote, not present in person or by
proxy,  signs  a  written  waiver  of  notice or a consent to the holding of the
meeting  or  an  approval  of  the  minutes thereof.  Neither the business to be
transacted  at  nor the purpose of any annual or special meeting of shareholders
need  be  specified in any written waiver of notice or consent to the holding of
the  meeting  or approval of the minutes thereof, except that if action is taken
or  proposed  to  be taken for approval of any of those matters specified in the
second paragraph of Section 2.4 of these Bylaws, the waiver of notice or consent
or  approval  shall state the general nature of the proposal.  All such waivers,
consents, and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part
of  the  minutes  of  the  meeting.

     Attendance  of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of
and  presence  at that meeting, except when the person objects, at the beginning
of  the  meeting,  to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not
lawfully  called  or  convened  and except that attendance at a meeting is not a
waiver  of  any  right to object to the consideration of matters required by the
Code  to  be included in the notice of such meeting but not so included, if such
objection  is  expressly  made  at  the  meeting.

     2.10          SHAREHOLDER  ACTION  BY  WRITTEN  CONSENT  WITHOUT  A MEETING
                   -------------------------------------------------------------

     Any  action  which  may  be  taken  at  any  annual  or  special meeting of
shareholders  may  be  taken  without  a  meeting and without prior notice, if a
consent  in  writing,  setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the
holders  of  outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes
that  would  be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which
all  shares  entitled  to  vote  thereon  were  present  and  voted.

     Directors may not be elected by written consent except by unanimous written
consent  of all shares entitled to vote for the election of directors.  However,
a  director  may  be  elected  at  any  time to fill any vacancy on the Board of
Directors, provided that it was not created by removal of a director and that it
has not been filled by the directors, by the written consent of the holders of a
majority  of  the  outstanding  shares  entitled  to  vote  for  the election of
directors.

     All  such  consents  shall  be  maintained  in  the corporate records.  Any
shareholder  giving  a written consent, or the shareholder's proxy holders, or a
transferee  of  the  shares, or a personal representative of the shareholder, or
their  respective proxy holders, may revoke the consent by a writing received by
the Secretary of the corporation before written consents of the number of shares
required  to  authorize  the proposed action have been filed with the Secretary.

     If  the  consents  of  all  shareholders  entitled  to  vote  have not been
solicited  in  writing,  the Secretary shall give prompt notice of any corporate
action  approved  by  the  shareholders without a meeting by less than unanimous
written consent to those shareholders entitled to vote who have not consented in
writing.    Such notice shall be given in the manner specified in Section 2.5 of
these Bylaws.  In the case of approval of (i) a contract or transaction in which
a  director has a direct or indirect financial interest, pursuant to Section 310
of  the  Code,  (ii) indemnification of a corporate "agent," pursuant to Section
317  of the Code, (iii) a reorganization of the corporation, pursuant to Section
1201  of  the  Code,  and  (iv)  a  distribution  in  dissolution  other than in
accordance  with the rights of outstanding preferred shares, pursuant to Section
2007  of  the  Code, the notice shall be given at least ten (10) days before the
consummation  of  any action authorized by that approval, unless the consents of
all  shareholders  entitled  to  vote  have  been  solicited  in  writing.

     2.11          RECORD  DATE  FOR SHAREHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS
                   -------------------------------------------------------------

     In  order  that  the corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to
notice  of any meeting or to vote, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a
record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10)
days  prior to the date of such meeting nor more than sixty (60) days before any
other  action.    Shareholders  at  the close of business on the record date are
entitled to notice and to vote, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer
of  any  shares on the books of the corporation after the record date, except as
otherwise  provided  in  the  Articles  of  Incorporation  or  the  Code.

     A  determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote
at  a  meeting  of  shareholders  shall  apply to any adjournment of the meeting
unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting,
but  the  Board  of  Directors  shall  fix  a  new record date if the meeting is
adjourned  for more than forty-five (45) days from the date set for the original
meeting.

     If  the  Board  of  Directors  does  not  so  fix  a  record  date:

          (a)          The  record date for determining shareholders entitled to
notice  of  or  to  vote  at  a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of
business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given or,
if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding
the  day  on  which  the  meeting  is  held.

          (b)      The record date for determining shareholders entitled to give
consent  to  corporate  action  in  writing without a meeting, (i) when no prior
action  by the Board has been taken, shall be the day on which the first written
consent  is  given, or (ii) when prior action by the Board has been taken, shall
be  at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution
relating  thereto,  or  the  sixtieth (60th) day prior to the date of such other
action,  whichever  is  later.

     The  record  date for any other purpose shall be as provided in Section 8.1
of  these  Bylaws.

     2.12          PROXIES
                   -------

     Every  person entitled to vote for directors, or on any other matter, shall
have  the right to do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized by
a  written  proxy  signed  by  the  person  and  filed with the Secretary of the
corporation.   A proxy shall be deemed signed if the shareholder's name or other
authorization  is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting,
telegraphic  or  electronic transmission or otherwise) by the shareholder or the
shareholder's  attorney-in-fact.   A validly executed proxy which does not state
that  it  is  irrevocable shall continue in full force and effect unless (i) the
person  who  executed  the  proxy  revokes  it  prior  to  the time of voting by
delivering  a writing to the corporation stating that the proxy is revoked or by
executing  a  subsequent proxy and presenting it to the meeting or by attendance
at  such  meeting  and  voting in person, or (ii) written notice of the death or
incapacity  of the maker of that proxy is received by the corporation before the
vote  pursuant  to that proxy is counted; provided, however, that no proxy shall
be  valid  after  the  expiration  of  eleven (11) months from the date thereof,
unless  otherwise  provided  in  the proxy.  The dates contained on the forms of
proxy presumptively determine the order of execution, regardless of the postmark
dates  on  the  envelopes in which they are mailed.  The revocability of a proxy
that  states  on  its  face  that  it  is  irrevocable  shall be governed by the
provisions  of  Sections  705(e)  and  705(f)  of  the  Code.

     2.13          INSPECTORS  OF  ELECTION
                   ------------------------

     In  advance  of  any  meeting  of  shareholders, the Board of Directors may
appoint  inspectors  of  election  to  act  at  the  meeting and any adjournment
thereof.  If inspectors of election are not so appointed or designated or if any
persons  so  appointed fail to appear or refuse to act, then the Chairman of the
meeting  may,  and  on  the  request of any shareholder or a shareholder's proxy
shall,  appoint  inspectors of election (or persons to replace those who so fail
to  appear) at the meeting.  The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or
three  (3).    If  appointed  at  a  meeting  on  the request of one (1) or more
shareholders  or  proxies,  the  majority  of shares represented in person or by
proxy  shall  determine  whether  one  (1)  or  three  (3)  inspectors are to be
appointed.

     The inspectors of election shall determine the number of shares outstanding
and  the  voting  power  of  each,  the  shares  represented at the meeting, the
existence  of  a  quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies,
receive  votes,  ballots  or  consents,  hear  and  determine all challenges and
questions  in  any  way  arising in connection with the right to vote, count and
tabulate  all votes or consents, determine when the polls shall close, determine
the  result  and do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or
vote  with  fairness  to  all  shareholders.

     2.14          NOMINATIONS  OF  DIRECTORS
                   --------------------------

     Nominations  for  election of members of the board of directors may be made
by  the  board  of  directors  or by any shareholder of any outstanding class of
capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors.
Notice of intention to make any nominations (other than for persons named in the
notice  of  the meeting at which such nomination is to be made) shall be made in
writing  and shall be delivered or mailed to the president of the corporation no
more  than  sixty  (60) days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the
election  of  directors and no more than ten (10) days after the date the notice
of such meeting is sent to shareholders pursuant to Section 2.4 of these Bylaws;
provided,  however,  that  if  ten  (10)  days notice of such meeting is sent to
shareholders,  such  notice  of  intention  to  nominate must be received by the
president  of the corporation not later than the time fixed in the notice of the
meeting  for  the  opening  of the meeting.  Such notification shall contain the
following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:  (a) the
name  and address of each proposed nominee; (b) the principal occupation of each
proposed  nominee;  (c) the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation
owned  by  each  proposed  nominee;  (d)  the  name and residence address of the
notifying  shareholder;  (e)  the  number  of  shares  of  capital  stock of the
corporation  owned by the notifying shareholder; (f) with the written consent of
the  proposed nominee, a copy of which shall be furnished with the notification,
whether  the  proposed  nominee  has  ever  been  convicted  of  or pleaded nolo
contendere  to  any  criminal  offense  involving dishonesty or breach of trust,
filed  a  petition in bankruptcy, or been adjudged a bankrupt.  The notice shall
be  signed  by  the  nominating shareholder and by the nominee.  Nominations not
made  in accordance herewith shall be disregarded by the chairman of the meeting
and, upon his instructions, the inspectors of election shall disregard all votes
cast  for each such nominee.  The restrictions set forth in this paragraph shall
not  apply  to nomination of a person to replace a proposed nominee who has died
or  otherwise  become  incapacitated to serve as a director between the last day
for  giving  notice  hereunder  and  the  date  of  election of directors if the
procedure  called  for  in  this  paragraph  was  followed  with  respect to the
nomination  of the proposed nominee.  A copy of the preceding paragraph shall be
set forth in the notice to shareholders of any meeting at which directors are to
be  elected.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                    DIRECTORS
                                    ---------

     3.1          POWERS
                  ------

     Subject  to  the provisions of the Code and any limitations in the Articles
of  Incorporation and these Bylaws relating to action required to be approved by
the  shareholders  or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the
corporation  shall  be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or
under  the  direction  of  the  Board  of Directors.  The Board may delegate the
management  of  the day-to-day operation of the business of the corporation to a
management company or other person provided that the business and affairs of the
corporation  shall  be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised under
the  ultimate  direction  of  the  Board.

     3.2          NUMBER  OF  DIRECTORS
                  ---------------------

     The  authorized  number  of  directors of the corporation shall be not less
than  six  (6) nor more than eleven (11) and the exact number of directors shall
be  ten  (10)  until changed, within the limits specified above, by a resolution
amending  such  exact  number,  duly adopted by the Board of Directors or by the
shareholders.   The minimum and maximum number of directors may be changed, or a
definite  number  may  be fixed without provision for an indefinite number, by a
duly  adopted  amendment  to the Articles of Incorporation or by an amendment to
this  Bylaw duly adopted by the vote or written consent of holders of a majority
of  the  outstanding  shares  entitled to vote; provided, however, that once the
number  of  directors equals or exceeds five (5) an amendment reducing the fixed
number  or the minimum number of directors to a number less than five (5) cannot
be  adopted  if  the votes cast against its adoption at a meeting, or the shares
not  consenting  in  the case of an action by written consent, are equal to more
than sixteen and two-thirds percent (16-2/3%) of the outstanding shares entitled
to  vote  thereon.

     No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of
removing  any  director  before  that  director's  term  of  office  expires.




     3.3          ELECTION  AND  TERM  OF  OFFICE  OF  DIRECTORS
                  ----------------------------------------------

     At  each annual meeting of shareholders, directors shall be elected to hold
office  until  the  next  annual  meeting.   Each director, including a director
elected  to  fill  a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term
for  which  elected and until a successor has been elected and qualified, except
in  the  case  of  the  death,  resignation,  or  removal  of  such  a director.

     3.4          REMOVAL
                  -------

     The  entire  Board  of  Directors or any individual director may be removed
from  office  without  cause  by  the  affirmative  vote  of  a  majority of the
outstanding  shares  entitled  to  vote on such removal; provided, however, that
unless  the  entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when
the  votes cast against such director's removal, or not consenting in writing to
such  removal,  would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively
at  an  election  at which the same total number of votes cast were cast (or, if
such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted)
and  the  entire  number  of directors authorized at the time of such director's
most  recent  election  were  then  being  elected.

     3.5          RESIGNATION  AND  VACANCIES
                  ---------------------------

     Any director may resign effective upon giving oral or written notice to the
Chairman  of  the Board, the President, the Secretary or the Board of Directors,
unless  the  notice  specifies  a  later  time  for  the  effectiveness  of such
resignation.    If  the resignation of a director is effective at a future time,
the Board of Directors may elect a successor to take office when the resignation
becomes  effective.

     Vacancies  on  the  Board  of  Directors may be filled by a majority of the
remaining directors, or if the number of directors then in office is less than a
quorum  by  (i)  unanimous written consent of the directors then in office, (ii)
the  affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office at a meeting
held  pursuant  to  notice  or  waivers  of  notice,  or  (iii) a sole remaining
director; however, a vacancy created by the removal of a director by the vote or
written  consent of the shareholders or by court order may be filled only by the
affirmative  vote  of  a majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly
held  meeting  at  which  a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively
also constitute at least a majority of the required quorum), or by the unanimous
written  consent  of  all  shares  entitled  to  vote thereon.  Each director so
elected  shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the shareholders and
until  a  successor  has  been elected and qualified, or until his or her death,
resignation  or  removal.

     A  vacancy  or vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist
(i)  in  the event of the death, resignation or removal of any director, (ii) if
the  Board  of  Directors by resolution declares vacant the office of a director
who  has  been  declared  of unsound mind by an order of court or convicted of a
felony, (iii) if the authorized number of directors is increased, or (iv) if the
shareholders  fail,  at  any  meeting  of  shareholders at which any director or
directors  are  elected,  to elect the full authorized number of directors to be
elected  at  that  meeting.

     The  shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time to fill any
vacancy  or  vacancies  not  filled  by  the directors, but any such election by
written  consent, other than to fill a vacancy created by removal, shall require
the  consent  of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to
vote  thereon.    A  director  may  not  be elected by written consent to fill a
vacancy created by removal except by unanimous consent of all shares entitled to
vote  for  the  election  of  directors.

     3.6          PLACE  OF  MEETINGS;  MEETINGS  BY  TELEPHONE
                  ---------------------------------------------

     Regular  meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any place within
or outside the State of California that has been designated from time to time by
resolution of the Board.  In the absence of such a designation, regular meetings
shall  be  held  at  the principal executive office of the corporation.  Special
meetings  of  the  Board may be held at any place within or outside the State of
California  that  has  been  designated  in the notice of the meeting or, if not
stated in the notice or if there is no notice, at the principal executive office
of  the  corporation.

     Members  of  the  Board  may  participate  in  a meeting through the use of
conference  telephone  or  similar  communications  equipment,  so  long  as all
directors  participating in such meeting can hear one another.  Participation in
a  meeting  pursuant  to  this  paragraph constitutes presence in person at such
meeting.

     3.7          REGULAR  MEETINGS
                  -----------------

     Regular  meetings  of  the Board of Directors may be held without notice if
the  time  and  place  of  such  meetings  are  fixed by the Board of Directors.

     3.8          SPECIAL  MEETINGS;  NOTICE
                  --------------------------

     Subject  to  the provisions of the following paragraph, special meetings of
the  Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by
the  Chairman  of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or
any  two  (2)  directors.

     Notice  of  the  time  and  place  of  special  meetings shall be delivered
personally  or  by  telephone  to  each  director  or  sent by first-class mail,
telegram,  charges prepaid, or by telecopier, addressed to each director at that
director's  address  as  it  is shown on the records of the corporation.  If the
notice  is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four
(4)  days  before  the  time  of  the  holding of the meeting.  If the notice is
delivered  personally  or by telephone or by telecopier or telegram, it shall be
delivered  personally  or  by  telephone  or  by  telecopier or to the telegraph
company  at  least  forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding of the
meeting.    Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated
either  to  the  director  or  to a person at the office of the director who the
person  giving  the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to
the  director.    The  notice  need  not  specify  the  purpose  of the meeting.

     3.9          QUORUM
                  ------

     A  majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum
for  the  transaction of business, except to adjourn as provided in Section 3.11
of  these  Bylaws.    Every  act  or  decision done or made by a majority of the
directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present is the act
of  the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of Section 310 of the Code
(as to approval of contracts or transactions in which a director has a direct or
indirect  material  financial  interest),  Section  311  of  the  Code  (as  to
appointment of committees), Section 317(e) of the Code (as to indemnification of
directors),  the  Articles  of  Incorporation,  and  other  applicable  law.

     A  meeting  at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact
business  notwithstanding  the  withdrawal  of directors, if any action taken is
approved  by  at  least  a  majority  of  the  required quorum for such meeting.

     3.10          WAIVER  OF  NOTICE
                   ------------------

     Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who signs a waiver of
notice  or  a  consent  to  holding  the  meeting  or an approval of the minutes
thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without
protesting,  prior  thereto  or  at its commencement, the lack of notice to such
director.    All  such  waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the
corporate  records  or  made  a part of the minutes of the meeting.  A waiver of
notice  need  not  specify  the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the
Board  of  Directors.

     3.11          ADJOURNMENT
                   -----------

     A  majority  of  the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present,
may  adjourn  any  meeting  to  another  time  and  place.





     3.12          NOTICE  OF  ADJOURNMENT
                   -----------------------

     If the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, notice of
any  adjournment  to  another time and place shall be given prior to the time of
the  adjourned  meeting to the directors who were not present at the time of the
adjournment.

     3.13          BOARD  ACTION  BY  WRITTEN  CONSENT  WITHOUT  A  MEETING
                   --------------------------------------------------------

     Any  action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors may
be  taken  without  a  meeting,  if  all  members  of  the Board individually or
collectively  consent  in  writing  to  such  action.    Such written consent or
consents  shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board.  Such
action  by  written  consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous
vote  of  the  Board  of  Directors.

     3.14          FEES  AND  COMPENSATION  OF  DIRECTORS
                   --------------------------------------

     Directors  and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any,
for  their  services  and  such  reimbursement  of  expenses  as may be fixed or
determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.  This Section 3.14 shall not
be  construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other
capacity  as an officer, agent, employee or otherwise and receiving compensation
for  those  services.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                   COMMITTEES
                                   ----------

     4.1          COMMITTEES  OF  DIRECTORS
                  -------------------------

     The  Board  of  Directors  may,  by resolution adopted by a majority of the
authorized  number  of  directors,  designate  one  (1) or more committees, each
consisting  of two (2) or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board.
The  Board  may  designate  one  or  more  directors as alternate members of any
committee,  who  may  replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee.
The appointment of members or alternate members of a committee requires the vote
of  a  majority of the authorized number of directors.  Any such committee shall
have authority to act in the manner and to the extent provided in the resolution
of  the  Board  and may have all the authority of the Board, except with respect
to:

          (a)          The  approval  of  any action which, under the Code, also
requires  shareholders'  approval  or  approval  of  the  outstanding  shares.

          (b)       The filling of vacancies on the Board of Directors or in any
committee.

          (c)     The fixing of compensation of the directors for serving on the
Board  or  on  any  committee.

          (d)     The amendment or repeal of these Bylaws or the adoption of new
Bylaws.

          (e)          The amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board of
Directors  which  by  its  express  terms  is  not  so  amendable or repealable.

          (f)      A distribution to the shareholders of the corporation, except
at  a  rate,  in  a  periodic  amount  or  within a price range set forth in the
Articles  of  Incorporation  or  determined  by  the  Board  of  Directors.

          (g)          The  appointment  of any other committees of the Board of
Directors  or  the  members  thereof.

     4.2          MEETINGS  AND  ACTION  OF  COMMITTEES
                  -------------------------------------

     Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken
in  accordance  with, the provisions of Article III of these Bylaws, Section 3.6
(place  of  meetings),  Section  3.7  (regular  meetings),  Section 3.8 (special
meetings  and  notice),  Section  3.9 (quorum), Section 3.10 (waiver of notice),
Section  3.11  (adjournment),  Section 3.12 (notice of adjournment), and Section
3.13  (action without meeting), with such changes in the context of those Bylaws
as  are  necessary  to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of
Directors  and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings
of  committees  may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors
or  by resolution of the committee, that special meetings of committees may also
be  called  by  resolution of the Board of Directors, and that notice of special
meetings  of  committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall
have  the right to attend all meetings of the committee.  The Board of Directors
may  adopt  rules  for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the
provisions  of  these  Bylaws.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                    OFFICERS
                                    --------

     5.1          OFFICERS
                  --------

     The  officers  of  the corporation shall be a President, a Secretary, and a
Chief  Financial  Officer.   The corporation may also have, at the discretion of
the  Board  of  Directors, a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents,
one  or  more  Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such
other  officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section
5.3  of  these  Bylaws.    Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

     5.2          APPOINTMENT  OF  OFFICERS
                  -------------------------

     The  officers  of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed
in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 or Section 5.5 of these Bylaws,
shall  be chosen by the Board and serve at the pleasure of the Board, subject to
the  rights,  if  any,  of  an  officer  under  any  contract  of  employment.

     5.3          SUBORDINATE  OFFICERS
                  ---------------------

     The  Board  of  Directors  may  appoint, or may empower the Chairman of the
Board  or  the  President to appoint, such other officers as the business of the
corporation  may  require,  each of whom shall hold office for such period, have
such  authority,  and  perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as
the  Board  of  Directors  may  from  time  to  time  determine.

     5.4          REMOVAL  AND  RESIGNATION  OF  OFFICERS
                  ---------------------------------------

     Subject  to  the  rights,  if  any,  of  an  officer  under any contract of
employment, all officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and any
officer  may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors
at  any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in case of an officer
chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal
may  be  conferred  by  the  Board  of  Directors.

     Any  officer  may  resign  at  any  time  by  giving  written notice to the
corporation.    Any  resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of
that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise
specified  in  that  notice,  the  acceptance  of  the  resignation shall not be
necessary  to  make  it  effective.  Any resignation is without prejudice to the
rights,  if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a
party.

     5.5          VACANCIES  IN  OFFICES
                  ----------------------

     A  vacancy  in  any  office  because  of  death,  resignation,  removal,
disqualification  or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in
these  Bylaws  for  regular  appointments  to  that  office.

     5.6          CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  BOARD
                  ------------------------

     The  Chairman  of  the  Board,  if  such  an  officer be elected, shall, if
present,  preside  at  meetings  of  the Board of Directors and shareholders and
shall exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time
be  assigned  by the Board of Directors or as may be prescribed by these Bylaws.
If  there  is  no President, and in the absence of the Executive and Senior Vice
Presidents,  then  the  Chairman  of the Board shall also be the chief executive
officer  of  the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed  in
Section  5.8  of  these  Bylaws.

     5.7          VICE  CHAIRMAN
                  --------------

     The  Vice  Chairman  of  the  Board,  if such officer be elected, shall, if
present and the Chairman of the Board is not present, preside at meetings of the
Board  of   Directors and shareholders and shall exercise and perform such other
powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors
or  as may be prescribed by these Bylaws.  If there is no President, and  in the
absence  of the Executive and  Senior Vice Presidents and Chairman of the Board,
then the Vice Chairman of the Board shall also be the chief executive officer of
the  corporation  and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.8
of  these  Bylaws.

     5.8          PRESIDENT
                  ---------

     Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of
Directors to the Chairman of the Board, and Vice Chairman of the Board, if there
be  such  an  officer (s), the President shall be the chief executive officer of
the  corporation  and  shall,  subject to the control of the Board of Directors,
have  general  supervision,  direction,  and  control  of  the  business and the
officers  of  the corporation.  In the absence or nonexistence of a Chairman and
Vice  Chairman  of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of the
shareholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors.  The President shall
have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of
President  of  a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may
be  prescribed  by  the  Board  of  Directors  or  these  Bylaws.

     5.9          VICE  PRESIDENTS
                  ----------------

     In  the  absence  or  disability of the President, the Executive and Senior
Vice  Presidents,  if  any,  in  order  of  their  rank as fixed by the Board of
Directors  or,  if  not  ranked,  a  Vice  President  designated by the Board of
Directors,  shall  perform  all  the  duties of the President and when so acting
shall  have  all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the
President.    The  Vice Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such
other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the
Board  of  Directors, these Bylaws, the President,  the Chairman of the Board or
Vice  Chairman  of  the  Board.

     5.10          SECRETARY
                   ---------

     The  Secretary  shall  keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive
office  of  the  corporation  or  such other place as the Board of Directors may
direct,  a  book of minutes of all meetings and actions of Directors, committees
of  directors  and  shareholders.   The minutes shall show the time and place of
each  meeting,  whether  regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and
the  notice  given),  the  names  of  those  present  at  directors' meetings or
committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders'
meetings,  and  the  proceedings  thereof.

     The  Secretary  shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive
office  of  the corporation or at the office of the corporation's transfer agent
or  registrar,  as  determined  by resolution of the Board of Directors, a share
register,  or  a duplicate share register, showing the names of all shareholders
and  their  addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number
and  date  of  certificates  evidencing  such shares, and the number and date of
cancellation  of  every  certificate  surrendered  for  cancellation.

     The  Secretary  shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of
the shareholders and of the Board of Directors required to be given by law or by
these  Bylaws.   The Secretary shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be
adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other
duties  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the  Board of Directors or by these Bylaws.

     5.11          CHIEF  FINANCIAL  OFFICER
                   -------------------------

     The  Chief  Financial  Officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept
and  maintained,  adequate  and  correct  books  and  records of accounts of the
properties  and  business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of
its  assets,  liabilities,  receipts,  disbursements,  gains,  losses,  capital,
retained  earnings,  and  shares.   The books of account shall at all reasonable
times  be  open  to  inspection  by  any  director.

     The  Chief Financial Officer shall deposit all money and other valuables in
the  name  and to the credit of the corporation with such depositaries as may be
designated  by  the  Board  of  Directors.    The  Chief Financial Officer shall
disburse  the  funds  of  the  corporation  as  may  be  ordered by the Board of
Directors,  shall  render  to the President and directors, whenever they request
it,  an account of all of his or her transactions as Chief Financial Officer and
of  the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers
and  perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or
these  Bylaws.

                                   ARTICLE VI

               INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES,
               --------------------------------------------------
                                AND OTHER AGENTS
                                ----------------


     6.1          INDEMNIFICATION  OF  DIRECTORS
                  ------------------------------

     The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by
the  Code,  indemnify  each  of  its  directors  against expenses (as defined in
Section  317(a)  of  the Code), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts
actually  and  reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding (as defined
in  Section  317(a) of the Code), arising by reason of the fact that such person
is  or  was  a  director of the corporation.  For purposes of this Article VI, a
"director"  of  the corporation includes any person (i) who is or was a director
of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation
as  a  director  of  another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was a director of a corporation
which  was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise
at  the  request  of  such  predecessor  corporation.

     6.2          INDEMNIFICATION  OF  OTHERS
                  ---------------------------

     The  corporation  shall  have  the  power, to the maximum extent and in the
manner  permitted by the Code, to indemnify each of its employees, officers, and
agents  (other than directors) against expenses (as defined in Section 317(a) of
the  Code),  judgments,  fines,  settlements,  and  other  amounts  actually and
reasonably  incurred  in  connection  with any proceeding (as defined in Section
317(a) of the Code), arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an
employee,  officer,  or  agent of the corporation.  For purposes of this Article
VI,  an  "employee"  or  "officer"  or  "agent" of the corporation (other than a
director)  includes  any person (i) who is or was an employee, officer, or agent
of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation
as  an  employee,  officer, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation,
partnership,  joint  venture,  trust  or  other  enterprise, or (iii) who was an
employee, officer, or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation
of  the  corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor
corporation.

     6.3          PAYMENT  OF  EXPENSES  IN  ADVANCE
                  ----------------------------------

     Expenses  and  attorneys'  fees incurred in defending any civil or criminal
action  or  proceeding for which indemnification is required pursuant to Section
6.1,  or if otherwise authorized by the Board of Directors, shall be paid by the
corporation  in  advance  of  the final disposition of such action or proceeding
upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified party to repay
such  amount  if it shall ultimately be determined that the indemnified party is
not  entitled  to  be  indemnified  as  authorized  in  this  Article  VI.

     6.4          INDEMNITY  NOT  EXCLUSIVE
                  -------------------------

     The  indemnification  provided  by  this  Article  VI  shall  not be deemed
exclusive  of  any  other  rights  to which those seeking indemnification may be
entitled  under  any  Bylaw,  agreement,  vote  of  shareholders or directors or
otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another
capacity  while  holding  such  office.  The rights to indemnity hereunder shall
continue  as  to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or
agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators
of  the  person.

     6.5          INSURANCE  INDEMNIFICATION
                  --------------------------

     The  corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on
behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
corporation against any liability asserted against or incurred by such person in
such capacity or arising out of that person's status as such, whether or not the
corporation would have the power to indemnify that person against such liability
under  the  provisions  of  this  Article  VI.

     6.6          CONFLICTS
                  ---------

     No  indemnification  or advance shall be made under this Article VI, except
where  such indemnification or advance is mandated by law or the order, judgment
or  decree  of any court of competent jurisdiction, in any circumstance where it
appears:

          (1)     That it would be inconsistent with a provision of the Articles
of Incorporation, these Bylaws, a resolution of the shareholders or an agreement
in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of the action asserted
in  the  proceeding  in  which  the expenses were incurred or other amounts were
paid,  which  prohibits  or  otherwise  limits  indemnification;  or

          (2)         That it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly
imposed  by  a  court  in  approving  a  settlement.

     6.7          RIGHT  TO  BRING  SUIT
                  ----------------------

     If a claim under this Article is not paid in full by the corporation within
90  days  after  a  written  claim  has been received by the corporation (either
because  the  claim is denied or because no determination is made), the claimant
may  at  any  time  thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the
unpaid  amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant
shall  also  be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim.  The
corporation  shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the
claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the
Code  for  the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the claim.  Neither the
failure  of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal
counsel,  or  its  shareholders)  to  have  made  a  determination  prior to the
commencement  of such action that indemnification of the claimant is permissible
in  the  circumstances  because  he  or  she  has met the applicable standard of
conduct,  if  any, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its
Board  of  Directors,  independent  legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the
claimant  has  not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to
such  action  or  create  a presumption for the purposes of such action that the
claimant  has  not  met  the  applicable  standard  of  conduct.

     6.8          INDEMNITY  AGREEMENTS
                  ---------------------

     The  Board  of  Directors  is  authorized to enter into a contract with any
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or any person who is or
was  serving  at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee
or  agent  of  another  corporation,  partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise,  including employee benefit plans, or any person who was a director,
officer,  employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation
of  the  corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor
corporation, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board
of  Directors  so  determines  and  to  the  extent permitted by applicable law,
greater  than,  those  provided  for  in  this  Article  VI.


     6.9          AMENDMENT,  REPEAL  OR  MODIFICATION
                  ------------------------------------

     Any  amendment,  repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VI
shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or agent of the
corporation  existing  at  the  time  of such amendment, repeal or modification.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                               RECORDS AND REPORTS
                               -------------------

     7.1          MAINTENANCE  AND  INSPECTION  OF  SHARE  REGISTER
                  -------------------------------------------------

     The  corporation  shall keep either at its principal executive office or at
the  office  of  its  transfer  agent  or registrar (if either be appointed), as
determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a record of its shareholders
listing  the names and addresses of all shareholders and the number and class of
shares  held  by  each  shareholder.

     A  shareholder  or  shareholders  of  the corporation holding at least five
percent  (5%)  in  the  aggregate  of  the  outstanding  voting  shares  of  the
corporation or who hold at least one percent (1%) of such voting shares and have
filed  a  Schedule 14B with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission
relating to the election of directors, shall have an absolute right to do either
or both of the following (i) inspect and copy the record of shareholders' names,
addresses,  and  shareholdings  during  usual business hours upon five (5) days'
prior  written  demand  upon  the  corporation, or (ii) obtain from the transfer
agent  for  the  corporation,  upon  written  demand and upon the tender of such
transfer  agent's usual charges for such list (the amount of which charges shall
be  stated to the shareholder by the transfer agent upon request), a list of the
shareholders'  names  and addresses who are entitled to vote for the election of
directors,  and their shareholdings, as of the most recent record date for which
it  has been compiled or as of a date specified by the shareholder subsequent to
the  date of demand.  The list shall be made available on or before the later of
five  (5)  business  days  after  the  demand  is received or the date specified
therein  as  the  date  as  of  which  the  list  is  to  be  compiled.

     The  record of shareholders shall also be open to inspection and copying by
any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate at any time during usual
business  hours upon written demand on the corporation, for a purpose reasonably
related  to  the holder's interests as a shareholder or holder of a voting trust
certificate.

     Any  inspection and copying under this Section 7.1 may be made in person or
by  an  agent  or  attorney  of  the  shareholder  or  holder  of a voting trust
certificate  making  the  demand.

     7.2          MAINTENANCE  AND  INSPECTION  OF  BYLAWS
                  ----------------------------------------

     The  corporation  shall  keep  at its principal executive office or, if its
principal  executive  office is not in the State of California, at its principal
business office in California, the original or a copy of these Bylaws as amended
to date, which shall be open to inspection by the shareholders at all reasonable
times during office hours.  If the principal executive office of the corporation
is outside the State of California and the corporation has no principal business
office  in  such  state,  then  it  shall,  upon  the  written  request  of  any
shareholder,  furnish  to  such shareholder a copy of these Bylaws as amended to
date.

     7.3          MAINTENANCE  AND  INSPECTION  OF  OTHER  CORPORATE  RECORDS
                  -----------------------------------------------------------

     The  accounting  books  and  records  and the minutes of proceedings of the
shareholders  and  the  Board  of  Directors,  and  committees  of  the Board of
Directors  shall  be kept at such place or places as are designated by the Board
of  Directors  or,  in  absence  of such designation, at the principal executive
office  of  the corporation.  The minutes shall be kept in written form, and the
accounting  books  and  records  shall  be kept either in written form or in any
other  form  capable  of  being  converted  into  written  form.

     The  minutes  and  accounting books and records shall be open to inspection
upon  the  written  demand  on the corporation of any shareholder or holder of a
voting trust certificate at any reasonable time during usual business hours, for
a  purpose  reasonably related to such holder's interests as a shareholder or as
the  holder  of a voting trust certificate.  Such inspection by a shareholder or
holder  of  a  voting  trust certificate may be made in person or by an agent or
attorney  and  the  right  of  inspection  includes  the  right to copy and make
extracts.  Such  rights  of  inspection  shall  extend  to  the  records of each
subsidiary  corporation  of  the  corporation.

     7.4          INSPECTION  BY  DIRECTORS
                  -------------------------

     Every  director  shall  have  the  absolute right at any reasonable time to
inspect  and copy all books, records, and documents of every kind and to inspect
the  physical  properties  of  the  corporation  and  each  of  its  subsidiary
corporations, domestic or foreign.  Such inspection by a director may be made in
person or by an agent or attorney and the right of inspection includes the right
to  copy  and  make  extracts.

     7.5          ANNUAL  REPORT  TO  SHAREHOLDERS;  WAIVER
                  -----------------------------------------

     The  Board  of  Directors  shall  cause  an annual report to be sent to the
shareholders not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the
fiscal  year  adopted  by  the  corporation.    Such report shall be sent to the
shareholders at least fifteen (15) (or, if sent by third-class mail, thirty-five
(35))  days  prior  to  the annual meeting of shareholders to be held during the
next  fiscal year and in the manner specified in Section 2.5 of these Bylaws for
giving  notice  to  shareholders  of  the  corporation.

     The annual report shall contain a balance sheet as of the end of the fiscal
year  and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for
the  fiscal  year,  accompanied by any report thereon of independent accountants
or,  if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the
corporation  that  the statements were prepared without audit from the books and
records  of  the  corporation.

     The  foregoing  requirement  of an annual report shall be waived so long as
the  shares  of the corporation are held by fewer than one hundred (100) holders
of  record.

     7.6          FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS
                  ---------------------

     If no annual report for the fiscal year has been sent to shareholders, then
the  corporation  shall,  upon  the written request of any shareholder made more
than  one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of such fiscal year, deliver
or  mail to the person making the request, within thirty (30) days thereafter, a
copy  of  a  balance  sheet  as  of  the  end  of such fiscal year and an income
statement  and  statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year.

     A  shareholder  or  shareholders  holding at least five percent (5%) of the
outstanding shares of any class of the corporation may make a written request to
the  corporation for an income statement of the corporation for the three-month,
six-month or nine-month period of the current fiscal year ended more than thirty
(30)  days  prior  to  the  date  of  the  request  and  a  balance sheet of the
corporation  as of the end of that period.  The statements shall be delivered or
mailed  to  the person making the request within thirty (30) days thereafter.  A
copy  of  the  statements  shall  be kept on file in the principal office of the
corporation  for  twelve (12) months and it shall be exhibited at all reasonable
times  to  any  shareholder demanding an examination of the statements or a copy
shall  be  mailed  to  the  shareholder.  If the corporation has not sent to the
shareholders its annual report for the last fiscal year, the statements referred
to  in  the  first  paragraph of this Section 7.6 shall likewise be delivered or
mailed  to  the  shareholder  or  shareholders within thirty (30) days after the
request.

     The  quarterly  income  statements  and  balance sheets referred to in this
section  shall  be accompanied by the report thereon, if any, of any independent
accountants  engaged  by  the  corporation  or  the certificate of an authorized
officer  of  the corporation that the financial statements were prepared without
audit  from  the  books  and  records  of  the  corporation.

     7.7          REPRESENTATION  OF  SHARES  OF  OTHER  CORPORATIONS
                  ---------------------------------------------------

     The  Chairman  of  the  Board, the President, any Vice President, the Chief
Financial  Officer, the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of this corporation, or
any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the President or a Vice
President,  is  authorized  to  vote,  represent, and exercise on behalf of this
corporation  all  rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation
or  corporations standing in the name of this corporation.  The authority herein
granted  may  be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person
authorized  to  do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person
having  the  authority.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                 GENERAL MATTERS
                                 ---------------

     8.1          RECORD  DATE  FOR  PURPOSES  OTHER  THAN  NOTICE  AND  VOTING
                  -------------------------------------------------------------

     For purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to receive payment of
any  dividend  or  other  distribution or allotment of any rights or entitled to
exercise  any  rights  in  respect  of  any other lawful action (other than with
respect  to notice or voting at a shareholders meeting or action by shareholders
by  written  consent  without  a  meeting),  the  Board of Directors may fix, in
advance,  a  record  date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to
any  such  action.   Only shareholders of record at the close of business on the
record  date  are entitled to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of
rights,  or  to  exercise  the  rights,  as the case may be, notwithstanding any
transfer  of  any  shares on the books of the corporation after the record date,
except  as  otherwise  provided  in  the  Articles of Incorporation or the Code.

     If  the  Board  of Directors does not so fix a record date, then the record
date  for determining shareholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of
business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto or
the  sixtieth  (60th)  day prior to the date of that action, whichever is later.

     8.2          CHECKS;  DRAFTS;  EVIDENCES  OF  INDEBTEDNESS
                  ---------------------------------------------

     From  time  to  time,  the Board of Directors shall determine by resolution
which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for
payment  of  money,  notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in
the  name  of  or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized
shall  sign  or  endorse  those  instruments.

     8.3          CORPORATE  CONTRACTS  AND  INSTRUMENTS:    HOW  EXECUTED
                  --------------------------------------------------------

     The  Board  of Directors, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may
authorize  any  officer  or  officers,  or  agent  or  agents, to enter into any
contract  or  execute  any  instrument  in  the  name  of  and  on behalf of the
corporation;  such  authority  may be general or confined to specific instances.
Unless  so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency
power  of  an  officer,  no  officer,  agent or employee shall have any power or
authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its
credit  or  to  render  it  liable  for  any  purpose  or  for  any  amount.

     8.4          CERTIFICATES  FOR  SHARES
                  -------------------------

     A certificate or certificates for shares of the corporation shall be issued
to  each  shareholder  when  any  of  such  shares are fully paid.  The Board of
Directors  may  authorize  the  issuance  of certificates for shares partly paid
provided  that  these  certificates  shall  state  the  total  amount  of  the
consideration  to  be  paid  for  them  and  the  amount  actually  paid.    All
certificates  shall  be signed in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of
the Board or the Vice Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice President
and by the Chief Financial Officer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or
an  Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares and the class or series
of  shares  owned  by  the  shareholder.    Any  or all of the signatures on the
certificate  may  be  by  facsimile.

     In  case  any  officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose
facsimile  signature  has  been  placed  on  a certificate has ceased to be such
officer,  transfer  agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may
be  issued  by  the  corporation  with the same effect as if that person were an
officer,  transfer  agent  or  registrar  at  the  date  of  issue.

     8.5          LOST  CERTIFICATES
                  ------------------

     Except  as  provided  in  this  Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares
shall  be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is
surrendered  to  the corporation or its transfer agent or registrar and canceled
at  the same time.  The Board of Directors may, in case any share certificate or
certificate for any other security is lost, stolen or destroyed (as evidenced by
a  written  affidavit  or  affirmation  of such fact), authorize the issuance of
replacement  certificates on such terms and conditions as the Board may require;
the  Board  may  require indemnification of the corporation secured by a bond or
other  adequate security sufficient to protect the corporation against any claim
that  may  be made against it, including any expense or liability, on account of
the alleged loss, theft or destruction of the certificate or the issuance of the
replacement  certificate.

     8.6          CONSTRUCTION;  DEFINITIONS
                  --------------------------

     Unless  the  context  requires  otherwise, the general provisions, rules of
construction, and definitions in the Code shall govern the construction of these
Bylaws.   Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number
includes  the  plural,  the  plural  number  includes the singular, and the term
"person"  includes  both  a  corporation  and  a  natural  person.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   AMENDMENTS
                                   ----------

     9.1          AMENDMENT  BY  SHAREHOLDERS
                  ---------------------------

     New Bylaws may be adopted or these Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the
vote  or  written  consent  of  holders  of a majority of the outstanding shares
entitled  to  vote;  provided, however, that if the Articles of Incorporation of
the corporation set forth the number of authorized Directors of the corporation,
then  the  authorized number of Directors may be changed only by an amendment of
the  Articles  of  Incorporation.

     9.2          AMENDMENT  BY  DIRECTORS
                  ------------------------

     Subject  to  the  rights  of the shareholders as provided in Section 9.1 of
these Bylaws, Bylaws, other than a Bylaw or an amendment of a Bylaw changing the
authorized number of directors (except to fix the authorized number of directors
pursuant  to  a  Bylaw  providing  for  a  variable number of directors), may be
adopted,  amended  or  repealed  by  the  Board  of  Directors.

     9.3          RECORD  OF  AMENDMENTS
                  ----------------------

     Whenever  an  amendment  or new Bylaw is adopted, it shall be copied in the
book of minutes with the original Bylaws.  If any Bylaw is repealed, the fact of
repeal,  with the date of the meeting at which the repeal was enacted or written
consent  was  filed,  shall  be  stated  in  said  book.


                                    ARTICLE X

                                 INTERPRETATION
                                 --------------

     Reference  in  these Bylaws to any provision of the California Corporations
Code  shall  be  deemed  to  include  all  amendments  thereof.


<PAGE>
                  SECRETARY'S CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS
                                       OF
                            COMMUNITY WEST BANCSHARES



     I,  the  undersigned,  do  hereby  certify  that:

     1.          I  am  the  duly elected and acting Secretary of Community West
Bancshares,  a  California  corporation.

     2.        The foregoing Bylaws constitute the Bylaws of said corporation as
adopted  by  the Directors of said corporation at a duly called and held meeting
of  the  Board  of  Directors  on  January  23,  1997.

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I  have hereunto subscribed my name this 23rd day of
January,  1997.


                                                     /S/Michel Nellis, Secretary
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                      Michel  Nellis,  Secretary



EXHIBIT  (10)(ii)
EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT  FOR  LLEWELLYN  STONE


EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT

      THIS  AGREEMENT  is  made  this 16th day of November, 1993, between GOLETA
NATIONAL  BANK  (the  "Bank"),  having  a  principal  business at 5827 Hollister
Avenue,  Goleta,  California  93117, and LLEWELLYN W. STONE ("Executive"), whose
residence  address  is  6560  Camino  Venturoso,  Goleta,  California  93117.

WITNESSETH
- ----------

WHEREAS,  the  Bank is a California national banking association duly organized,
validly  existing,  and  in good standing under the laws of the United States of
America,  with power to own property and carry on business as its business as it
is  now  being  conducted:

WHEREAS, the Bank desires to avail itself of the skill, knowledge and experience
of  Executive  in  order  to  insure  the successful management of its business:

WHEREAS the parties hereto desire to specify the terms of Executive's employment
by  the  Bank  as  controlling  Executive's  employment  with  the  Bank;

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth
it is agreed that as of November 16, 1997, (the "Effective Date"), the following
terms  and  conditions  shall  apply  to  Executive's  said  employment:

A.          TERM  OF  EMPLOYMENT
            --------------------
     1.  Term.  The  Bank  hereby employs Executive and Executive hereby accepts
         ----
employment  with  the  Bank  for  the  period  of  ten  (10)  years (the "Term")
commencing  with  the  Effective Date, subject, however, to prior termination of
this Agreement as hereinafter provided. Where used herein, "Term" shall refer to
the  entire period of employment of Executive by the Bank hereunder, whether for
the  period  provided  above,  or  whether  terminated  earlier  as  hereinafter
provided.

B.          DUTIES  OF  EXECUTIVE
            ---------------------
     1.  Duties.  Executive  shall  perform  the  duties  of President and Chief
         ------
Executive  Officer of the Bank, subject to the powers by law vested in the Board
of  Directors  of  the  Bank  and  in  the Bank's shareholders. During the Term,
Executive  shall  perform  exclusively  the  services  herein contemplated to be
performed  by  Executive  faithfully,  diligently and to the best of Executive's
ability,  consistent with the highest and best standards of the banking industry
and  in  compliance  with  all  applicable  laws  and  the  Bank's  Articles  of
Association  and  Bylaws.

     2.Conflicts  of  Interest. Except as permitted by the prior written consent
       -----------------------
of the Board of Directors of the Bank, Executive shall devote Executive's entire
productive  time,  ability  and attention to the business of the Bank during the
Term  and  Executive  shall  not directly or indirectly render any services of a
business,  commercial  or  professional  nature,  to  any  other person, firm or
corporation,  whether  for compensation or otherwise, which are in conflict with
the  Bank's  interests.

C.          Compensation
            ------------
     1.  Salary. For Executive's services hereunder, the Bank shall pay or cause
         ------
to  be  paid  as  annual  base  salary to the Executive a minimum of One Hundred
Seventeen  Thousand  Dollars  ($117,000.00)  per  year for the first year of the
Term.  Said salary shall be payable in equal installments in conformity with the
Bank's normal payroll period. Said salary shall be reviewed annually, and annual
adjustments  after the first year of the Term shall be made in the discretion of
the  Board  of  Directors.
     2.  Bonuses.  Executive  may  receive such bonuses, if any, as the Board of
         -------
Directors  in  its  sole  discretion  shall  determine.

D.          EXECUTIVE  BENEFITS
            -------------------
     1.Vacation.  Executive shall be entitled to a vacation each year during the
Term,  which  vacation  shall be not more than five (5) weeks per year, provided
however,  that each year of the Term, Executive is required to and shall take at
least  two (2) weeks of said vacation (the "Mandatory Vacation"), which shall be
taken  consecutively. Executive shall not be entitled to vacation pay in lieu of
vacation,  and  any  vacation  time not used in excess of the Mandatory Vacation
shall  be  deemed  waived.


     2. Automobile. During the Term hereunder, the Bank shall provide Executive,
        ----------
for  Executive's  sole  use,  a  suitable full-size automobile, the make of such
automobile  to  be  determined by the mutual agreement of the Board of Directors
and  Executive,  and  which  automobile shall at no time be older than three (3)
years.  The  Bank shall pay all operating expenses of any nature whatsoever with
regard  to  such  automobile,  provided executive furnishes to the Bank adequate
records  and  other  documentary evidence required by federal and state statutes
and  regulations  issued  by  the  appropriate  taxing  authorities  for  the
substantiation  of  such  payments and deductible compensation of executive. The
Bank  shall also procure and maintain in force an automobile liability insurance
policy  on  such  automobile,  containing all reasonable and necessary coverage.

     3.  Club  Membership.  The  Bank  will  provide  the  Executive with a golf
         ----------------
membership  in  La  Cumbre  Country  Club  and  will  pay monthly dues for basic
golf-related  and  business-related  monthly  expenses.

     4.  Group  Medical  and Life Insurance Benefits. The Bank shall provide for
Executive, at the Bank's expense, participation in medical, accident and health,
income  continuation  and  life  insurance benefits equivalent to the normal and
customary  benefits  available  from  time  to time under the California Bankers
Association group Insurance Program for an employee of Executive's salary level.
Said  coverage  shall be in existence or shall take e effect as of the Effective
Date  hereof  and  shall  continue  throughout the Term. The Bank's liability to
Executive  for  any  breach  of this paragraph shall be limited to the amount of
premiums  payable  by  the  Bank  to  obtain  the  coverage contemplated herein.

E.          REIMBURSEMENT  FOR  BUSINESS  EXPENSES
            --------------------------------------
     Executive  shall  be entitled to reimbursement by the Bank for any ordinary
and  necessary  business  expenses  incurred  by Executive in the performance of
Executive's  duties  and  in acting for the Bank during the Term, which types of
expenditures  shall  be  determined  by  the  Board of Directors, provided that:
     (a.)         Each such expenditure is of a nature qualifying it as a proper
deduction  on the federal and state income tax returns of the Bank as a business
expense  and  not  as  deductible  compensation  to  the  Executive;  and
     (b)          Executive  furnishes  to  the  Bank adequate records and other
documentary  evidence  required  by  federal  and state statutes and regulations
issued  by  the  appropriate  taxing  authorities for the substantiation of such
expenditures  as  deductible business expenses of the Bank and not as deductible
compensation  to  Executive.

F.          TERMINATION
            -----------
     1.  Termination.  The Bank may terminate this Agreement at any time without
         -----------
further  obligation  or  liability  to  Executive,  by  action  of  the Board of
Directors,  if  in  the  opinion  of the Board the Executive fails to perform or
habitually  neglects  the  duties  which he is required to perform hereunder, if
Executive  engages  in  illegal  activity which materially adversely affects the
Banks'  reputation  in  the community or which evidences the lack of Executive's
fitness  or  ability to perform executive's duties as determined by the Board of
Directors  in  good  faith  if  Executive  commits  any  act  which  would cause
termination  of  coverage under the Bank's Bankers' Blanket Bond as to Executive
(as distinguished from termination of coverage as to the Bank as a whole), or if
Executive  is  found  to  be  physically  or  mentally incapable (as hereinafter
defined  as  performing  executive's duties for a period of at least ninety [90]
consecutive  days  [or  a cumulative period of one hundred twenty (120) days] in
any  one  calendar  year)  by  the Board of Directors acting in good faith. Such
termination  shall  not  prejudice any remedy which the Bank may have at law, in
equity,  or  under  this  Agreement.

For  purposes  of  this  Agreement  only, physical or mental disability shall be
defined  as  Executive  being unable to fully perform under this Agreement for a
continuous  period  of  ninety  (90)  days or a cumulative period of one hundred
twenty (120) days in any one calendar year. If there should be a dispute between
the  Bank  and Executive as to the Executive's physical or mental disability for
purposes  of  this Agreement, the question shall be settled by the opinion of an
impartial  reputable  physician  or  psychiatrist  agreed upon by the parties or
their representatives, or if the parties cannot agree within ten (10) days after
a  request  for  designation  of such party, then by a physician or psychiatrist
designated by the Santa Barbara County Medical Association. The certification of
such  physician or psychiatrist as to the question in dispute shall be final and
binding  upon  the  parties  hereto.

     2.  Action by Supervisory Authority. If the Bank is closed or taken over by
         -------------------------------
the  Comptroller  of  the Currency or other supervisory authority, including the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance Corporation, or if such supervisory authority should
exercise  its cease and desist powers to remove Executive from office, such bank
supervisory  authority  may immediately terminate this Agreement without further
liability  or  obligation  to  Executive.

     3. Merger or Corporate Dissolution. In the event of a merger where the Bank
        -------------------------------
is  not the surviving corporation, in the event of a consolidation, in the event
of  a  transfer  of  all  or substantially all of the assets of the Bank, in the
event of any other corporate reorganization where there is a change in ownership
of  at  least  twenty-five percent (25%) except as may result from a transfer of
shares  to  another  corporation  in  exchange for at least eighty percent (80%)
control  of  that  corporation, or in the event of the dissolution, of the Bank,
this  Agreement  may be terminated without further liability to Executive by the
Bank  or  the  surviving  bank,  in  the event of a merger, or the transferee of
assets,  in  the  event  of  a purchase or sale, provided, however, that in such
event  the  Bank  shall  pay  to Executive the amount specified in paragraph F.4
herein  regarding  termination  at  will.

     4.  Termination At Will. Pursuant to the provisions of 12 U.S.C. Section 24
         -------------------
and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Bank may terminate this
Agreement  at  any  time  by  action of the Board of Directors of the Bank. Such
termination  shall  be effective immediately upon receipt of notice by Executive
from  the  Bank,  and  all  benefits provided by the Bank hereunder to Executive
shall  thereupon  cease, other than the insurance benefits provided to Executive
hereunder  which  shall  be continued by the Bank for a period not to exceed one
hundred  eighty  (180) days after termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it
is  agreed that in the event of such termination, Executive shall continue to be
paid  Executive's  salary  for  a  period  of  six  (6)  months  next  following
Executive's termination, which payments shall be paid to Executive in accordance
with  the  normal  method of payment as specified hereinabove. Such action shall
not  be  construed as breach of this Agreement, and the payment of the sum above
stated  shall  constitute  full  and  complete  performance  by  the Bank of its
obligations  hereunder.

          5.  Effect  of  termination.  In  the event of the termination of this
Agreement  prior to the completion of the Term specified herein, Executive shall
be  entitled  to the salary earned by Executive prior to the date of termination
as  provided  for  in this Agreement, computed pro rata up to and including that
                                               --------
date;  but  Executive  shall be entitled to no further compensation for services
rendered  after  the date of termination, except as provided in subparagraph f.4
above  for  termination  at  will. Executive further agrees that in the event of
such  termination, he will resign from the Board of Directors of the Bank on the
effective  date  of  the  termination  of  this  Agreement.

     G.          GENERAL  PROVISIONS
          1.  Trade  secrets. During the Term, Executive will have access to and
become  acquainted  with  what  Executive  and  the  Bank  acknowledge are trade
secrets, to wit, knowledge or data concerning the Bank, including its operations
and  business, and the identity of customers of the Bank, including knowledge of
their  financial  condition,  their financial needs, as well as their methods of
doing business. Executive shall not disclose any of the aforesaid trade secrets,
directly  or indirectly, or use them in any way, either during the Term or for a
period  of  three  (3)  years after the termination of this agreement, except as
required  in  the  course  of  Executive's  employment  with  the  Bank.

          2. Covenant Not to Compete. Executive hereby covenants and agrees that
for  a period of three (3) years after termination of this Agreement and for any
period during which Executive receives any compensation from the Bank, Executive
shall  not  engage in the business of banking within the cities of Santa Barbara
or  Goleta  or  any  where  else  in  Santa  Barbara  County.

          3.  Indemnification.  To  the  extent  permitted  by  law,  applicable
statutes  and  the Articles of Association, Bylaws or resolutions of the Bank in
effect  from  time to time, the Bank shall indemnify Executive against liability
or  loss  arising  out  of  Executive's  actual  or  asserted  misfeasance  or
non-feasance  in  the  performance of Executive's duties or out of any actual or
asserted  wrongful  act  against,  or  by, the Bank including but not limited to
judgments,  fines,  settlements and expenses incurred in the defense of actions,
proceedings  and  appeals  herefrom.  The  Bank  shall endeavor to apply for and
obtain  Bank  and  Executive  from  and  against  the aforesaid liabilities. The
provisions of this paragraph shall apply to the estate, executor, administrator,
heirs,  legatees  or  devisees  of  Executive.

          4.  Return  of Documents. Executive expressly agrees that all manuals,
documents,  files,  reports, studies, instruments or other materials used and/or
developed  by Executive during the Term are solely the property of the Bank, and
that Executive has no right, title or interest therein. Upon termination of this
Agreement,  Executive  or  Executive's  representative  shall  promptly  deliver
possession  of  all  of  said  property  to  the  Bank  in  good  condition.

          5.  Notices.  Any  notice,  request,  demand  or  other  communication
required  or  permitted  hereunder  shall  be  deemed  to be properly given when
personally  served in writing, when deposited in the United States mail, postage
prepaid,  or  when  communicated  to a public telegraph company for transmittal,
addressed  to  the  party  at  the  address  appearing  at the beginning of this
Agreement.  Either  party may change its address by written notice in accordance
with  this  paragraph.

          6.  Applicable  Law.  Except to the extent governed by the laws of the
United  States, this Agreement is to be governed by and construed under the laws
of  the  State  of  California.

          7.  Captions  and  Paragraph Headings. Captions and paragraph headings
used  herein  are  for convenience only and are not a part of this Agreement and
shall  not  be  used  in  construing  it.

          8.  Invalid Provisions. Should any provision of this Agreement for any
reason  be  declared  invalid,  void,  or  unenforceable by a court of competent
jurisdiction, the validity and binding effect of any remaining portion shall not
be  affected,  and the remaining portions of this Agreement shall remain in full
force  and  effect  as  if  this Agreement had been executed with said provision
eliminated.

          9.  Entire  Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of
the  parties.  It  supersedes  any  and  all other agreements, either oral or in
writing,  between the parties hereto with respect to the employment of Executive
by  the Bank. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that no representations,
inducements,  promises, or acting on behalf of any party, which are not embodied
herein, and that no other agreement, statement, or promise not contained in this
Agreement  shall  be  valid  or  binding.  This Agreement may not be modified or
amended  by  oral  agreement,  but only by an agreement in writing signed by the
Bank  and  Executive.

          10. Receipt of Agreement. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that
he  has  read this Agreement in its entirety and does hereby acknowledge receipt
of a fully executed copy thereof. A fully executed copy shall be an original for
all  purposes,  and  is  a  duplicate  original.







               IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  executed  this
Agreement  as  of  the  day  and  year  first  above  written.


                              GOLETA  NATIONAL  BANK


                              BY  /S/Michael  A.  Alexander
                                   ___________________
                                   Michael  A.  Alexander



                              BY  /S/Robert  H.  Bartlein
                                   ____________________
                                   Robert  H.  Bartlein



                              BY  /S/Gerard  Bradley
                                   _____________________
                                   Gerard  Bradley


/S/LLewellyn  W.  Stone
__________________
LLewellyn  W.  Stone



                    SEPARATE  AGREEMENT


          The  undersigned  agree  to the following arrangement pertaining to La
Cumbre  Country  Club  membership  purchased  by  the  Bank  for Lew Stone, CEO.

If  for  any  reason,  Lew  Stone,  CEO of Goleta National Bank, shall leave the
employ  of  the  Bank,  the  membership  purchased  by the Bank in the La Cumbre
Country  Club  shall  be  sold  and  the  net proceeds shall revert to the Bank.





     /S/Lew  Stone                                       /S/Michael A. Alexander
Signed:________________                           Signed:_______________________
     Lew  Stone                                             Michael A. Alexander
luding  a  directorelect


Exhibit:          (10)(iii)        Salary Continuation Agreement between Goleta
National  Bank  and  Llewelyn  Stone,  President  &  CEO

                     EXECUTIVE SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT
                     ---------------------------------------


     THIS  AGREEMENT made and entered into this 1st day of January, 1994, by and
between GOLETA NATIONAL BANK, a coporation organized and existing under the laws
of  the  United  States  (hereinafter  feferred  to  as  the  "Executive")

     WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS,  the  Executive  is in the Coporation serving as its President and
Chief  Executive  Officer;  and

     WHEREAS,  the  experience of the Executive, his knowledge of the affairs of
the  Corporation,  his  reputation  and contacts in the industry are so valuable
that  assurance  of his continued service is essential for the future growth and
profits of the Corporation and it is in the best interests of the Corporation to
arrange  terms  of  continued  employment  fro the Executive so as to reasonably
assure  his  remaining  in  the  Corporation's employment during his lifetime or
until  the  age  of  retirement;  and

     WHEREAS,  it is the desire of the Corporation that his services be retained
as  herein  provided;  and

     WHEREAS,  the  Executive  is  willing  to  continue  in  the  employ of the
Corporation  provided  the  Corporation agrees to pay him, or has beneficiaries,
certain  benefits  in  accordance  with the terms and conditions hereinafter set
forth.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the services to be performed in the
future  as  well  as  the  mutual  promises and covenants herein contained it is
agreed  as  follow:




                                    ARTICLE 1
                                    ---------


     1.1    Employment:   The Corporation agrees to employ the Executive in such
            -----------
capacity as the Corporation may from time to time determine.  The executive will
continue  in the employ of the Corporation in such capacity and with such duties
and  responsibilities  as  may be assigned to him, and with such compensation as
may be determined from time to timeby the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

     1.2    Full  Efforts:    The  Executive  agrees to devote his full time and
            --------------
attention  exclusively  to  the  business and affairs of the Corporation, except
during  vacation  periods,  and  to use his best efforts to furnish faithful and
satisfactory  service  to  the  Corporation.

     1.3    Fringe  Benefit:   The salary continuation benefits provided by this
            ----------------
Agreement  are  granted  by the Corporation as a fringe benefit to the Executive
and  are  not  part  of any salary reduction plan or any arrangement deferring a
bonus  or  salary  continuation  benefits.


                                    ARTICLE 2
                                    ---------

     2.1   Retirement:  if the Executive shall continue in the employment of the
           -----------
Corporation until he attains the age of sixty-on (61), he may retire from active
daily  employment  as of the first day of the month next following attainment of
age  sixty  one  (61), or upon such later date as may be mutually agreed upon by
the  Executive  and  the  Corporation.

     2.2  Payment:  The Corporation agrees that upon such retirement it will pay
          --------
to  the Executive the annual sum of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00), payable
monthly  on  the  first  day  of  each  month following such retirement until he
attains  the  age of seventy-six (76): subject to the conditions and limitations
set  forth.

     2.3    Death  Benefit:   The Corporation agrees that if the Executive shall
            ---------------
retire,  but  shall  die before receiving the full amount of monthly payments to
which  he  is entitled hereunder, it will continue to make such monthly payments
to  the Executive's surviving spouse for the remaining period.  If the Executive
is  not  survived by any spouse, said  payments shall be made to the Executive's
other  named  beneficiary  as  hereinafter  set  forth.  If the Executive is not
serviced  by  any  spouse  or  named  beneficiary, said payments shall revert to
Goleta  National  Bank.

     2.4   Beneficiary:  The term "Beneficiary" shall mean the person or persons
           ------------
whom  the Executive shall designate in a valid Beneficiary Designation Notice to
receive  the benefits provided hereunder. A Beneficiary Designation Notice shall
be valid only if it is in the form attached hereto and made a part hereof and is
received  by the Administrator prior to the Executive's death.  If the Executive
is  not  survived by any spouse or named beneficiary, said payments shall revert
to  Goleta  National  Bank.

                                    ARTICLE 3
                                    ---------

     3.1    Consulting:  It is mutually agreed that during the fifteen (15) year
            -----------
period  following retirement from active daily employment upon attainment of the
age  of  sixty-one  (61), or such later date as may be mutually agreed upon, the
Executive  shall,  at the request of the Corporation, be available at reasonable
time and places as may be mutually agreed upon, to tender services to the senior
executives  of  the  Corporation  in  an  advisory  or  consulting  capacity.

     3.2    Informed:   The Executive shall keep himself informed concerning the
            ---------
affairs  of  the  Corporation through reports which the Corporation will supply,
and such other means as may be agreed upon.  The Executive shall not be required
to  travel  from whatever place he may be then living or staying for the purpose
of  such  consultation  unless all expenses incurred by him shall be paid by the
Corporation.

     3.3   Disability:  Breach of this condition shall nor be considered to have
           -----------
occurred if the Executive is unable to consult because of his mental or physical
disability.

     3.4    Not Employee:  In furnishing such consulting services, the Executive
            -------------
shall not be an employee of the Corporation, but shall act in the capacity of an
independent  contractor.

     3.5    No Competition:  During the said fifteen (15), year period following
            ---------------
retirement  from  active  daily  employment,  the Executive shall not become the
owner  of,  nor  engage  directly  or  indirectly,  in  any  business  which  is
substantially  similar  to  or  competes  with  the business of the Corporation,
either  as  proprietor,  partner,  stockholder,  officer,  director, employee or
otherwise,  within  the  cities  of  Santa Barbara or Goleta or anywhere else in
Santa  Barbara  County,  unless  the  Corporation has first consented in writing
thereto.

     3.6    Forfeiture:    The payments provided under Article 2 are conditioned
            -----------
upon the Executive fulfilling the foregoing requirements, the Board of Directors
of  the  Corporation  may,  by  a  Resolution at amy regular or special meeting,
suspend  or  eliminate  payment  during  the  period  of  such  breach.

                                        1
     3.7    Termination of Payments:  In the event the Board of Directors of the
            ------------------------
Corporation, by such Resolution, terminates further payments to the Executive as
provided  in  Article  3, all amounts then remaining unpaid under this Agreement
shall  be  fortified  and the Corporation shall have no further liability to the
Executive  or  any  persons  hereunder.

                                    ARTICLE 4
                                    ---------

     4.1    Death  Prior to Retirement:  In the event Executive should die while
            ---------------------------
actively  employed  by  the  Corporation  at  anytime  after  the  date  of this
Agreement,  by  prior  to  attaining  the  age of sixty-one (61) years, then the
benefits  payable under this Agreement (Fifty Thousand Dollars per year) will be
immediately  payable  to  the Executive's designated beneficiary pursuant to the
Beneficiary  Designation  Notice  attached  hereto  and made apart hereof.  Said
immediate  payment  to  the Executive's beneficiary will be payable on the first
day  of  the  month following the executive's death and will be payable in equal
monthly  installments  to  continue for 180 months.  If the Executive chooses to
work  after  the  age  of  sixty-one  (61) years, but dies beforeretirement, the
Corporation  will  pay the annual sum of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) per
year to the Executive's designated beneficiary in equal monthly installments for
a  period  of 180 months.  No death benefits shall be payable hereunder if it is
determined that the Executive's death was caused by suicide on or before January
1,  2004.
    -----

     4.2    Voluntary  Termination  of  Employment:   In the event the Executive
            ---------------------------------------
voluntarily  terminates his employment with the Corporation for whatever reason,
the  Executive  shall  be paid upon attainment of the age of sixty-one (61) that
the  amount  of  money  which  the Executive was vested at the time of voluntary
termination.    For example, if  the Executive voluntarily terminates employment
after  five  (5)  years  from the effective date of this Agreement, he well have
been  Fifty  Percent  (50%)  vested  and  thus will receive Twenty-Five Thousand
Dollars  per year commencing the first day of the month following arraignment of
the  age  of  sixty-one (61), payments to continue for one hundred eighty  (180)
months.    In  the event the Executive voluntarily terminates within a five year
period from the date of theis agreement, no compensation shall be payable to the
Executive.

     4.3    If  the  Executive  wishes  to  retire  before the attainment of age
sixty-one  (61), the Executive shall give the Bank one year's notice in order to
allow  a  suitable  transition  of  management.

     4.4    Disability  Prior to Retirement:  In the event the Executive becomes
            --------------------------------
disabled  while  actively employed by the Corporation at any time after the date
of  the  Agreement,  but prior to attaining the age of sixty-one (61) years, the
Executive  will  be  entitled to equal monthly payments commencing at the age of
sixty-one  (61) and in the amount commensurate with the amount the Executive was
vested at the time of disablement.  For example, if the Executive will have been
fifty  percent (50%) vested and will therefore be entitled to annual payments in
the  amount  of  twenty-five  thousand  ($25,000.00)  dollars,  payable in equal
monthly  installments  continuing  for  one  hundred  eighty  (180)  moths.
                                    ARTICLE 5
                                    ---------

     5.1    Termination  of  Employment:   The Corporation reserves the right to
            ----------------------------
terminate  employment  of  the  Executive  at  any time prior to retirement as a
result  of any criminal unlawful, fraudulent, or dishonest action on the part of
the  Executive. In the event the employment of the Executive shall be terminated
prior  to the Executive.  In the event the employment of  the Executive shall be
termination,  other  than  by reason of disability or death, then this Agreement
shall  terminate  upon  the  date  of  such termination of employment: provided,
however,  that  the  Executive shall be entitled to the following benefits under
the  following  circumstances.

     (a)    Termination  Without  Causes:    If  the  Executive's  employment is
            -----------------------------
terminated  by  the Corporation without cause, the Executive shall be considered
to  be  vested  according to attached vesting schedule, attached, as Schedule A,
with  payments  commencing  at  age  61.


     (b)    Termination  for  Causes:  If the Executive is terminated for cause,
            -------------------------
I.e.,  for  the  willfull  breach  of duly by the Executive in the course of his
employment:  the  habitual  neglect  by  Executive of his employment duties; the
Executive's  deliberate  violation of any State Of California or Federal banking
laws, or of the ByLaws, rules, policies or resolutions of the Corporation, or of
the  rules  or  regulations  of  the California Superintendent of State Banks or
Federal  Deposit Insurance Corporation or other regulator agency or governmental
authority  having jurisdiction over the Executive; the determination by  a state
or federal banking agency or governmental authority having jurisdiction over the
Corporation  that  executive is not suitable to act in the capacity for which he
is  employed  by  the Corporation; the Executive is convicted of any felony or a
crime  involving  moral  iupitude  or  a  fraudulent  or  dishonest  act; or the
Executive  discloses  without   authority any secret or confidential information
not  otherwise publicly available concerning the Corporation or takes any action
which  the  Corporation's  Board  of  Directors  determines, in good faith, fair
dealing  and  reasonableness,  continues  unfair  competition with r induces any
customer  to  breach any contract with the Corporation, then the Executive shall
be  entitled to no benefits under this Agreement and no amount shall be paid the
the  Executive  under  this  Agreement.

     (c)    Termination  Upon  Change  in  Control:  Anything hereinabove to the
            ---------------------------------------
contrary  notwithstanding,  if the Executive is not full vested in the amount to
which  he  is entitled under this plan, he will become fully vested in the event
of  a transfer of the controlling ownership or sale of the Corporation and shall
be  entitled  to  the  full  amount,  upon  the  terms and conditions hereof, if
termination  of  employment  thereafter  occurs  under  this  Section  5.1

                                    ARTICLE 6
                                    ---------

     6.1  Termination of Agreement by Reason of Changes in Law:  The Corporation
          -----------------------------------------------------
is  entering  into this Agreement upon the assumption that certain existing laws
will continue in effect in substantially their current form. In the event of any
changes  in  such  applicable  laws,  the  Corporation  shall have the option to
terminate  or modify this Agreement: provided, however, that the Executive shall
be  entitled to at least the same amount as he would have been entitled to under
Paragraph  4.4  of  this  Agreement  relating to disability. The payment of said
amount  shall  be  made  upon  such terms and conditions and at such time as the
Corporation  shall  determine,  but  in  no  event  commencing  later  than  the
executive's  age  of  sixty-one  (61)  years  or  the date of termination of the
Executive's  employment  with  the  Corporation.

                                    ARTICLE 7
                                    ---------

     7.1   Funding:  The Corporation reserves the right to determine in its sole
           --------
discretion,  whether,  to  what  extent and by what method, if any, to fund this
Agreement.  In  the  event that the Corporation elects to fund this Agreement in
whole  or  in part, through the use of life insurance or annuities, or both, the
Corporation  shall  determine the ownership and beneficial interests of any such
policy of life insurance or annuity. The Corporation further reserves the right,
in  its  sole discretion, to terminate any such policy, and any other funding of
this  Agreement,  at any time, in whole or in part. The Executive shall not have
any  right,  title or interest in or to any funding source or amount utilized by
the  Corporation  pursuant  to  this  Agreement,  and any such funding source or
amount  shall  not  constitute security for the performance of the Corporation's
obligations  pursuant  to  this  Agreement.  The  Executive  agrees  to sign any
documents and undergo any medical examination or tests which the Corporation may
request and which may be reasonably necessary to facilitate any funding for this
Agreement  including,  without  limitation,  the  acquisition  of  any policy of
insurance  or  annuity.

     If  the  Bank  should require the acquisition of additional assets due to a
failing  financial  condition,  the  Board of Directors shall have the option of
terminating this agreement such that the Executive shall receive upon retirement
only  the  amount  commensurate  with the amount the Executive was vested at the
time  of  the  financial  crisis.


                                    ARTICLE 8
                                    ---------

     8.1    Nonassignable:  Neither the Executive nor the Executive's spouse nor
            --------------
any  other  beneficiary  under  this  Agreement shall have the power or right to
transfer,  assign,  anticipate,  hypothecate,  mortgage,  modify  or  otherwise
encumber in advance any of the benefits payable hereunder. Nor shall any of said
benefits  be subject to seizure for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony
or  separate maintenance owed by the Executive or the Executive's beneficiary or
any  of them, or be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy,
insolvency  or  otherwise.

                                    ARTICLE 9
                                    ---------

     9.1  Claims Procedure:  The Corporation shall make all determinations as to
          -----------------
the  rights  to  benefits  under this agreement. Any decision by the Corporation
denying  a  claim  by  the Executive or the Executive's beneficiary for benefits
under  this  Agreement shall be stated in writing and delivered or mailed to the
Executive  or  said  beneficiary.  Such  decision  shall  set forth the specific
reasons  for the denial. In addition, the Corporation shall provide a reasonable
opportunity to the Executive or said beneficiary for full and fair review of the
decision  denying  such  claim.

                                   ARTICLE 10
                                   ----------

     10.1    Unsecured  General  Creditor:    The  Executive and the Executive's
             -----------------------------
beneficiary  shall  have no legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in or
to any property or assets of the Corporation. No assets of the Corporation shall
be held under any trust for the benefit of the Executive or his beneficiaries or
held  in  any  way  as  security  for  the fulfillment of the obligations of the
Corporation  under  this Agreement. All of the Corporation's assets shall be and
remain  the  general  unpledged,  unrestricted  assets  of  the Corporation. The
Corporation's  obligation  under this Agreement shall be that of an unfunded and
unsecured  promise  by the Corporation to pay money in the future. The Executive
and  his beneficiaries shall be unsecured creditors with respect to any benefits
hereunder.


                                   ARTICLE 11
                                   ----------

     11.1     Binding Effect:     This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure
              ---------------
to  the  benefit  of  the Executive and the Corporation and as applicable, their
respective  heirs , beneficiaries, legal representatives, agents, successors and
assigns.

                                   ARTICLE 12
                                   ----------

     12.1    Contract  of  Employment:    This  Agreement shall not be deemed to
             -------------------------
constitute  a  contract  of employment between the Executive and the Corporation
nor  shall any provision of this Agreement restrict the right of the Corporation
to  terminate  the Executive's employment or restrict the right of the Executive
to  terminate  his  employment.  In  the  event  the  Executive  has  a separate
Employment Agreement with the Corporation and in the event of any discrepancy or
different  treatment  of  any  term  or  condition  in  this Agreement from said
Employment  Agreement,  or  any  renewal  or  extension  thereof,  the terms and
provisions  of  the  Employment  Agreement  shall  control.

                                   ARTICLE 13
                                   ----------

     13.1   Notice:  Any notice required or permitted of either the Executive or
            -------
the Corporation under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly given, if
by  personal  delivery,  upon  the  date received by the party or its authorized
representative;  if  by  facsimile,  upon  transmission  to  a  telephone number
previously  provided  by  the  party  to  whom  the  facsimile is transmitted as
reflected  in  the  records  of  the  party  transmitting the facsimile and upon
reasonable  confirmation  of such transmission; and if by mail, on the third day
after  mailing  via  United  States  first


class  mail,  registered  or  certified,  postage  prepaid  and  return  receipt
requested, and addressed to the party at the address given below for the receipt
of  notices,  or such changed address as may be requested in writing by a party.

If  to  Corporation:        ATTN:  Randy  Shaffer
If  to  Executive:          Llewellyn  Stone
                            6560  Camino  Venturoso,  Goleta,  California  93117

                                   ARTICLE 14
                                   ----------

     14.1    Partial Invalidity:  If any term, provision, covenant, or condition
             -------------------
of  this  Agreement  is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid,
void,  or  unenforceable,  such  determination  shall not render any other term,
provision,  covenant  or  condition  invalid,  void,  or  unenforceable, and the
Agreement  shall  remain  in  full force and effect notwithstanding such partial
invalidity.

                                   ARTICLE 15
                                   ----------

     15.1    Arbitration:    All  claims, disputes and other matters in question
             ------------
arising  out  of  or  relating to this Agreement or the breach or interpretation
thereof  shall  be  resolved  by arbitration before the Judicial Arbitration and
Mediation  Services,  Inc.,  (JAMS"), 111 Pine Street, Suite 710, San Francisco,
California,  94111.  In  the  event  JAMS  is unable or unwilling to conduct the
arbitration  pursuant  to  this provision, or has discontinues its business, the
parties  agree that the American Arbitration Association ("AAA"), 417 Montgomery
Street,  San  Francisco,  California  94104, shall be selected as substitute for
JAMS  subject  to  the  same terms set forth herein; provided, however, that the
rules  of  AAA  shall  apply to the conduct of the arbitration to the extent not
inconsistent  with  the  intent  of  the  parties as expresses herein. Any award
rendered  by  JAMS  or  AAA  shall  be final and binding upon the parties and as
applicable,  their  respective  heirs,  beneficiaries  ,  legal representatives,
agents,  successors  and assigns, and the obligation of the parties to arbitrate
pursuant  to  this  clause  shall be specifically enforceable in accordance with
Title  IX  of  the California Code of Civil Procedure. Any arbitration hereunder
                   ----------------------------------
shall  be  conducted  within  the  city  limits  of  Santa  Barbara, California.

                                   ARTICLE 16
                                   ----------

     16.1    Governing  Law  and Jurisdiction:  The laws of the United States of
             ---------------------------------
America and the State of California, other than those laws denominated choice of
laws  rules,  and  the rules and regulations of the Office of the Comptroller of
the  Currency,  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System shall govern the validity, construction and effect
of  this  Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE 17
                                   ----------

     17.1    Entire  Agreement:    This  Agreement  supersedes any and all other
             ------------------
agreements,  either  oral or in writing, between the parties with respect to the
subject  matter  of  this  Agreement  and  contains  all  of  the  covenants and
agreements  between  the  parties  with  respect  thereto.  Each  party  to this
Agreement  acknowledges that no other representations, inducements, promises, or
agreements,  oral or otherwise, have been made by any party, or anyone acting on
behalf  of  any  party,  which  are  not  set  forth  herein,  and that no other
agreement,  statement, or promise not contained in this Agreement shall be valid
or  binding  on  either  party.

                                   ARTICLE 18
                                   ----------

     18.1         Modifications:     Any modification of this Agreement shall be
                  --------------
effective  only  if  it  is  in  writing  and  signed  by  both parties or their
authorized  representatives.


     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Corporation and the Executive have executed this
Agreement  in the offices of Goleta National Bank, in Goleta, California, on the
date  first  above  written.

EXECUTIVE:
- ----------

Dated                                      /S/ LLEWELLYN  STONE
          _____________                    ______________________________
                                               LLEWELLYN  STONE

CORPORATION:
- ------------

Dated:                                             /S/Michael  A.  Alexander
             _____________                    _______________________________
                                                   Michael  A.  Alexander
                                                   CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  BOARD


                         BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION NOTICE
                         ------------------------------

     To  the  Administrator of the LLEWELLYN STONE Executive Salary Continuation
Agreement:

     Pursuant  to  the  provisions of my Executive Salary Continuation Agreement
with  GOLETA  NATIONAL  BANK,  permitting  the designation of the beneficiary or
beneficiaries  by a participant, I hereby designate the following persons and/or
entities  as  primary  and  secondary  beneficiaries  of  any benefit under said
Agreement  payable  by  reason  of  my  death:

PRIMARY  BENEFICIARY:                                     SECONDARY BENEFICIARY:

Name:            Norma Stone                 Name:               Brian Roberts  
Present Address: 6560 Camino Venturoso       Present Address:    542  Everglades
                 Goleta,  California  93117                      Jacksonville,  
                                                                 Florida        
Relationship:    Spouse                      Relationship:       Son


     THE  RIGHT  TO  REVOKE  OR  CHANGE  ANY  BENEFICIARY  DESIGNATION IS HEREBY
RESERVED.    ALL  PRIOR  DESIGNATIONS,  IF  ANY,  OF  PRIMARY  BENEFICIARIES AND
SECONDARY  BENEFICIARIES  ARE  HEREBY  REVOKED.

     The  Administrator shall pay all sums payable under the Agreement by reason
of  my  death  to the Primary Beneficiary, if he or she survives me, then to the
Secondary  Beneficiary,  and  if  no  named  beneficiary  survives  me, then the
Administrator  shall  pay  all  amounts  in  accordance  with  the  terms of the
Executive  Salary Continuation Agreement.  In the event that a named beneficiary
survives  me  and  dies prior to receiving the entire benefit payable under said
Agreement,  then  the remaining unpaid benefit payable according to the terms of
the Agreement, shall be payable to the Secondary Beneficiary.  In the event that
the  named Primary Beneficiary and Secondary Beneficiary die before receivng the
entire  benefit  payable  under the Agreement, then the remaining unpaid benefit
payable  according to the terms of the Agreement shall revert to Goleta National
Bank.


DATED:                                           /S/LLEWELLYN  STONE/EXECUTIVE
      _______________                           ________________________________
                                                   LLEWELLYN  STONE/EXECUTIVE

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A
                                   ----------

                                VESTING SCHEDULE
                                ----------------

January  1,          1995                    Ten Percent (10%) vested

January  1,          1996                    Twenty Percent (20%) vested

January  1,          1996                    Thirty Percent (30%) vested

January  1,          1997                    Forty  Percent  (40%)  vested

January  1,          1998                    Fifty Percent (50%) vested

January  1,          1999                    Sixty  Percent  (60%)  vested

January  1,          2000                    Seventy Percent (70%) vested

January  1,          2001                    Eighty  Percent  (80%)  vested

January  1,          2002                    Ninety Percent (90%) vested

January  1,          2003                    One Hundred Percent (100%) vested



Exhibit  21  -  Subsidiaries  of  the  Registrant

Community  West Bancshares owns 100% of Goleta National Bank, a national banking
association.

Goleta  National  Bank  owns  70%  of  Electronic  Paycheck, a limited liability
corporation.    Electronic  Paycheck,  LLC  is  incorporated  in  the  State  of
California.
          



Exhibit  (23)    Consent  of  Deloitte  &  Touche


INDEPENDENT  AUDITORS'  CONSENT

We  consent  to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement No.
333-43531  of Community West Bancshares on Form S-8 of our report dated February
6,  1998,  appearing  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K of Community West
Bancshares  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1997.



Los  Angeles,  California
March  30,  1998


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE> 9
<LEGEND>
This  schedule  contains  summary  financial  information  extracted  from  the
consolidated  statement  of  financial  condition, the consolidated statement of
operations and notes thereto found in the Company's Form 10-k for the year ended
December  31,  1997  and  is  qualified  in  its  entirety  by reference to such
financial statements
</LEGEND>
<RESTATED> 
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                       3,662,513
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                       2,477,000
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                             8,440,000
<TRADING-ASSETS>                             2,528,587
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                    251,300
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                         998,451
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                                 0
<LOANS>                                     72,450,554
<ALLOWANCE>                                  1,285,852
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              95,312,445
<DEPOSITS>                                  80,252,439
<SHORT-TERM>                                         0
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                          2,931,142
<LONG-TERM>                                          0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                     8,570,310
<OTHER-SE>                                   3,558,554
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>              95,312,445
<INTEREST-LOAN>                              7,349,925
<INTEREST-INVEST>                              115,253
<INTEREST-OTHER>                               544,254
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                             8,009,432
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                           2,910,450
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                           2,910,450
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                        5,098,982
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                  260,000
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                   0
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                             11,523,906
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              2,747,291
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                   2,747,291
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                 1,588,940
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .53
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .44
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                     6.6
<LOANS-NON>                                  1,259,107
<LOANS-PAST>                                   631,000
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                             2,375,000
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                      0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                             1,409,321
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                  400,745
<RECOVERIES>                                    17,276
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                            1,285,852
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                         1,285,852
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                              0
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission